You are on page 1of 215

LibreOffice 4.

1 Draw Guide
Drawing Vector Graphics in LibreOffice

Copyright
This document is Copyright 2013 by its contributors as listed below. You may distribute it and/or modify it under the terms of either the G ! General "ublic #icense $http%//www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html&' (ersion 3 or later' or the Creati(e Commons )ttribution #icense $http%//creati(ecommons.org/licenses/by/3.0/&' (ersion 3.0 or later. )ll trademar*s in this guide belong to their legitimate owners.

Contributors
"eter +chofield /ean 0ollis 1eber ,ichele 2arri 0a4el 5ussman ,artin -o. /ohn ). +mith T. 3lliott Turner /ohn Cleland ,artin +affron #ow +ong Chuan

Feedback
"lease direct any comments or suggestions about this document to% documentation6global.libreoffice.org

Acknowledgments
This boo* is adapted and updated from OpenOffice.org 3.3 Draw Guide. The contributors to that boo* are listed on page 11.

Publication date and software version


"ublished 27 o(ember 2013. 8ased on #ibre9ffice :.1.

Documentation for LibreOffice is available at http://www.libreoffice.org/get-help/documentation

Contents
Copyright..................................................................................................................................... 2

Preface..................................................................................................................................7
1ho is this boo* for;................................................................................................................... < 1hat is in this boo*;....................................................................................................................< 1here to get more help;............................................................................................................. < 1hat you see may be different....................................................................................................= !sing #ibre9ffice on a ,ac........................................................................................................10 1hat are all these things called;...............................................................................................10 1ho wrote this boo*;.................................................................................................................11 )c*nowledgements.................................................................................................................... 11 -re>uently as*ed >uestions.......................................................................................................12

Chapter 1 Introducing raw..............................................................................................1!


?ntroduction................................................................................................................................ 1: @raw wor*place......................................................................................................................... 1: Choosing and defining colors.....................................................................................................21 Grid' snap' and help lines.......................................................................................................... 22

Chapter "

rawing #asic $hapes....................................................................................."!

?ntroduction................................................................................................................................ 2: Custom shapes.......................................................................................................................... 2: @rawing basic shapes................................................................................................................ 2: Gluepoints and connectors........................................................................................................ 33 @rawing geometric shapes........................................................................................................ 3: )dding te.t to drawings and obAects..........................................................................................37

Chapter ! %orking with &b'ects and &b'ect Points.......................................................!7


?ntroduction................................................................................................................................ 3< +electing obAects........................................................................................................................ 3< "ositioning and adAusting obAects...............................................................................................3= !sing grid and snap functions....................................................................................................:B !sing guide lines....................................................................................................................... C1 Changing form of regular shapes...............................................................................................C1 Cur(es and polygons................................................................................................................. C3

Chapter ( Changing &b'ect Attributes.............................................................................)1


Toolbars and menus.................................................................................................................. 72 -ormatting lines......................................................................................................................... 73 -ormatting fill area..................................................................................................................... 7= Creating new area fills............................................................................................................... B3 !sing styles............................................................................................................................... <C )pplying special effects............................................................................................................. <<

Chapter * Combining +ultiple &b'ects............................................................................,*


Grouping obAects........................................................................................................................ =7 Combining obAects..................................................................................................................... =B

LibreOffice .! Draw Guide

,erging' subtracting' or intersecting obAects..............................................................................== @uplication and cross fading....................................................................................................101 "ositioning obAects................................................................................................................... 10:

Chapter ) -diting Pictures..............................................................................................1.7


?ntroduction.............................................................................................................................. 10< ?mporting graphics................................................................................................................... 10< 3.porting graphics................................................................................................................... 112 -ormatting raster obAects......................................................................................................... 113 "icture toolbar.......................................................................................................................... 113 Cropping.................................................................................................................................. 11C Graphic filter toolbar................................................................................................................. 117 5eplacing colors...................................................................................................................... 122 Con(ersion............................................................................................................................... 123 "rint options............................................................................................................................. 127

Chapter 7 %orking with ! &b'ects...............................................................................1",


?ntroduction.............................................................................................................................. 130 3@ obAect types........................................................................................................................ 130 Creating................................................................................................................................... 131 3diting 3@ obAects.................................................................................................................... 13C Combining 3@ obAects.............................................................................................................. 1:B

Chapter / Connections0 Flowcharts0 and &rgani1ation Charts..................................1(,


Connectors and glue points.....................................................................................................1C0 -lowcharts............................................................................................................................... 1C7 9rgani4ation charts.................................................................................................................. 1C<

Chapter , Adding and Formatting 2e3t..........................................................................1*,


?ntroduction.............................................................................................................................. 170 !sing the te.t tool.................................................................................................................... 170 !sing te.t bo.es...................................................................................................................... 170 !sing te.t with @raw obAects....................................................................................................17: ?nserting te.t............................................................................................................................ 17: -ormatting te.t......................................................................................................................... 177 -ormatting characters.............................................................................................................. 17< -ormatting paragraphs............................................................................................................. 1B0 Creating bulleted and numbered lists.......................................................................................1B1 !sing tables............................................................................................................................. 1B: !sing fields.............................................................................................................................. 1B< !sing hyperlin*s...................................................................................................................... 1B=

Chapter 1. Printing0 -3porting 4 -5mailing..................................................................1/!


"rinting.................................................................................................................................... 1<: 3.porting................................................................................................................................. 1=0 3Dmailing documents............................................................................................................... 1=2

Chapter 11 Advanced raw 2echni6ues........................................................................1,!


,ultiDpage documents.............................................................................................................. 1=:
LibreOffice .! Draw Guide

,ultiple layers.......................................................................................................................... 1=B @imensioning........................................................................................................................... 200 @rawing to scale...................................................................................................................... 203 Gallery images......................................................................................................................... 203 Color and color palettes........................................................................................................... 207 8E4ier cur(es........................................................................................................................... 20= )dding comments to a drawing................................................................................................213 Connecting and brea*ing lines.................................................................................................213

Inde3.................................................................................................................................."1(

LibreOffice .! Draw Guide

"

#reface

%ho is this book for7


)nyone who wants to get up to speed >uic*ly with #ibre9ffice @raw will find this guide (aluable. You may be new to drawing software' or you may be familiar with another program.

%hat is in this book7


This boo* introduces the main features of #ibre9ffice @raw. @raw is a (ector graphics drawing tool' although it can also perform some operations on raster graphics $pi.els& such as photographs. !sing @raw' you can >uic*ly create a wide (ariety of graphical images. ) few e.amples of the drawing functions are% layer management' snap functions and gridDpoint system' dimensions and measurement display' connectors for ma*ing organi4ation charts' 3@ functions that enable small threeDdimensional drawings to be created $with te.ture and lighting effects&' drawing and pageDstyle integration' and 8E4ier cur(es. The Draw Guide is not a course boo* to be wor*ed through from beginning to end. 5ather' it is a reference wor* in which you can browse for guidance on particular topics.

%here to get more help7


This guide' the other #ibre9ffice user guides' the builtDin 0elp system' and user support systems assume that you are familiar with your computer and basic functions such as starting a program' opening and sa(ing files.

8elp system
#ibre9ffice comes with an e.tensi(e 0elp system. This is your first line of support for using #ibre9ffice. To display the full 0elp system' press $! or go to 8elp 9 :ibre&ffice 8elp on the main menu bar. ?n addition' you can choose whether to acti(ate %ips' &'tended tips' and the (elp )gent by going to 2ools 9 &ptions 9 :ibre&ffice 9 ;eneral on the main menu bar. ?f %ips are enabled' place the mouse pointer o(er any of the icons to see a small bo. $tooltip& with a brief e.planation of the icon function. -or a more detailed e.planation' select 8elp 9 %hat<s 2his7 9n the main menu bar and hold the pointer o(er the icon.

Free online support


The #ibre9ffice community not only de(elops software' but pro(ides free' (olunteerDbased support. +ee Table 1 and this web page% http%//www.libreoffice.org/getDhelp/ !sers can get comprehensi(e online support from the community through mailing lists and the )s* #ibre9ffice website' http%//as*.libreoffice.org/en/>uestions/. 9ther websites run by users also offer free tips and tutorials. This forum pro(ides community support for #ibre9ffice% http%//en.libreofficeforum.org/. This site pro(ides support for #ibre9ffice and other programs% http%//user.ser(ices.openoffice.org/en/forum/.

Paid support and training


)lternati(ely' you can pay for support ser(ices. +er(ice contracts can be purchased from a (endor or consulting firm speciali4ing in #ibre9ffice.

LibreOffice .! Draw Guide

%able !: $ree support for LibreOffice users Free LibreOffice support


)s* #ibre9ffice @ocumentation -)Fs ,ailing lists Fuestions and answers from the #ibre9ffice community http%//as*.libreoffice.org/en/>uestions/ !ser guides' howDtos' and other documentation. http%//www.libreoffice.org/getDhelp/documentation/ https%//wi*i.documentfoundation.org/@ocumentation/"ublications )nswers to fre>uently as*ed >uestions http%//wi*i.documentfoundation.org/-a> -ree community support is pro(ided by a networ* of e.perienced users http%//www.libreoffice.org/getDhelp/mailingDlists/ The #ibre9ffice website in your language. http%//www.libreoffice.org/internationalDsites/ ?nternational mailing lists http%//wi*i.documentfoundation.org/#ocalG,ailingG#ists ?nformation about a(ailable accessibility options. http%//www.libreoffice.org/getDhelp/accessibility/

?nternational support

)ccessibility options

%hat you see may be different


Illustrations
#ibre9ffice runs on 1indows' #inu.' and ,ac 9+ H operating systems' each of which has se(eral (ersions and can be customi4ed by users $fonts' colors' themes' window managers&. The illustrations in this guide were ta*en from a (ariety of computers and operating systems. Therefore' some illustrations will not loo* e.actly li*e what you see on your computer display. )lso' some of the dialogs may be differ because of the settings selected in #ibre9ffice. You can either use dialogs from your computer system $default& or dialogs pro(ided by #ibre9ffice. To change to using #ibre9ffice dialogs% 1& 9n #inu. and 1indows operating systems' go to 2ools 9 &ptions 9:ibre&ffice 9 ;eneral on the main menu bar to open the dialog for general options. 9n a ,ac operating system' go to :ibre&ffice 9 Preferences 9 ;eneral on the main menu bar to open the dialog for general options. 2& +elect +se LibreOffice dialogs in Open/,ave dialogs and/or #rint dialogs to display the #ibre9ffice dialogs on your computer display. 3& Clic* &= to sa(e your settings and close the dialog.

Icons
The icons used to illustrate some of the many tools a(ailable in #ibre9ffice may differ from the ones used in this guide. The icons in this guide ha(e been ta*en from a #ibre9ffice installation that has been set to display the Gala.y set of icons. ?f you wish' you can change your #ibre9ffice software pac*age to display Gala.y icons as follows% 1& 9n #inu. and 1indows operating systems' go to 2ools 9 &ptions 9:ibre&ffice 9 >iew on the main menu bar to open the dialog for (iew options.

#reface

9n a ,ac operating system' go to :ibre&ffice 9 Preferences 9 >iew on the main menu bar to open the dialog for (iew options. 2& ?n +ser interface . /con si0e and st1le select Gala'1 from the options a(ailable in the drop down list. 3& Clic* &= to sa(e your settings and close the dialog.
+ome #inu. operating systems' for e.ample !buntu' include #ibre9ffice as part of the installation and may not include the Gala.y icon set. You should be able to download the Gala.y icons from the software repository for your #inu. operating system.

?ote

@sing :ibre&ffice on a +ac


+ome *eystro*es and menu items are different on a ,ac from those used in 1indows and #inu.. The table below gi(es some common substitutions for the instructions in this chapter. -or a more detailed list' see the application 0elp. Windows or Linux
2ools 9 &ptions menu selection 2ight-clic3 4trl 64ontrol7 $" $!!

Mac equivalent
:ibre&ffice 9 Preferences 4ontrol5clic3 and/or right-clic3 depending on computer setup 64ommand7 ,hiftII$" I%

Effect
)ccess setup options 9pen a conte.t menu !sed with other *eys 9pen the a(igator 9pen the +tyles and -ormatting window

%hat are all these things called7


The terms used in #ibre9ffice for most parts of the user interface $the parts of the program you see and use' in contrast to the behindDtheDscenes code that actually ma*es it wor*& are the same as for most other programs. ) dialog is a special type of window. ?ts purpose is to inform you of something' or re>uest input from you' or both. ?t pro(ides controls for you to use to specify how to carry out an action. The technical names for common controls are shown in -igure 1J not shown is the list bo. $from which you select an item&. ?n most cases we do not use the technical terms in this boo*' but it is useful to *now them because the 0elp and other sources of information often use them. 1& 2& 3& :& Tabbed page $not strictly spea*ing a control&. 5adio buttons $only one can be selected at a time&. Chec*bo. $more than one can be selected at a time&. +pin bo. $clic* the up and down arrows to change the number shown in the te.t bo. ne.t to it' or type in the te.t bo.&. C& Thumbnail or pre(iew. 7& @ropDdown list from which to select an item. B& "ush buttons.

!8

LibreOffice .! Draw Guide

$igure !: Dialog showing common controls ?n most cases' you can interact only with the dialog $not the document itself& as long as the dialog remains open. 1hen you close the dialog after use $usually' clic*ing &= or another button sa(es your changes and closes the dialog&' then you can again wor* with your document. +ome dialogs can be left open as you wor*' so you can switch bac* and forth between the dialog and your document. )n e.ample of this type is the -ind K 5eplace dialog.

%ho wrote this book7


This boo* was written by (olunteers from the #ibre9ffice community. "rofits from sales of the printed edition will be used to benefit the community.

Acknowledgements
This boo* is adapted and updated from OpenOffice.org 3.3 Draw Guide. The contributors to that boo* are% )gnes 8el4unce @aniel Carrera ,artin -o. Thomas 0ac*ert 5egina 0enschel "eter 0illierD8roo* /ared Lobos 0a4el 5ussman Gary +chnabl 8ernd +chu*at 1olfgang !hlig /ean 0ollis 1eber Claire 1ood #inda 1orthington

#reface

!!

Fre6uently asked 6uestions


8ow is :ibre&ffice licensed7 #ibre9ffice is distributed under the 9pen +ource ?nitiati(e $9+?& appro(ed #esser General "ublic #icense $#G"#&. The #G"# license is a(ailable from the #ibre9ffice website% http%//www.libreoffice.org/download/license/ +ay I distribute :ibre&ffice to anyone7 Yes. 8ow many computers may I install it on7 )s many as you li*e. +ay I sell it7 Yes. +ay I use :ibre&ffice in my business7 Yes. Is :ibre&ffice available in my language7 #ibre9ffice has been translated $locali4ed& into o(er :0 languages' so your language probably is supported. )dditionally' there are o(er B0 spelling' h1phenation' and thesaurus dictionaries a(ailable for languages' and dialects that do not ha(e a locali4ed program interface. The dictionaries are a(ailable from the #ibre9ffice website at% www.libreoffice.org. 8ow can you make it for free7 #ibre9ffice is de(eloped and maintained by (olunteers and has the bac*ing of se(eral organi4ations. 8ow can I contribute to :ibre&ffice7 You can help with the de(elopment and user support of #ibre9ffice in many ways' and you do not need to be a programmer. -or e.ample' you can help with producing and maintaining written user documentation' producing (ideo tutorials' and other user support ser(ices. To start' chec* out this webpage% http%//www.documentfoundation.org/contribution/ +ay I distribute the P F of this book0 or print and sell copies7 Yes' as long as you meet the re>uirements of one of the licenses in the copyright statement at the beginning of this boo*. You do not ha(e to re>uest special permission. ?n addition' we re>uest that you share with the proAect some of the profits you ma*e from sales of boo*s' in consideration of all the wor* we ha(e put into producing them.

!9

LibreOffice .! Draw Guide

4hapter ! /ntroducing Draw

Introduction
@raw is a (ector graphics drawing tool' although it can also perform some operations on raster graphics $pi.els& such as photographs. !sing @raw' you can >uic*ly create a wide (ariety of graphical images. Mector graphics store and display a picture as simple geometric elements such as lines' circles' and polygons rather than as a collection of pi.els $picture elements or points on the screen&. This permits simpler storage and supports precise scaling of the picture elements. @raw is fully integrated into the #ibre9ffice suite and this simplifies e.changing graphics with all components of the suite. -or e.ample' if you create an image in @raw' reusing it in a 1riter document is as simple as copying and pasting the image. You can also wor* with drawings directly from within 1riter or ?mpress using a subset of the functions and tools from @raw. The functionality of #ibre9ffice @raw is e.tensi(e and' e(en though it was not designed to ri(al highDend graphics applications' it possesses significantly more functionality than the drawing tools that are generally integrated with most office producti(ity suites. ) few e.amples of the drawing functions are% layer management' magnetic gridDpoint system' dimensions and measurement display' connectors for ma*ing organi4ation charts' 3@ functions that enable small threeDdimensional drawings to be created $with te.ture and lighting effects&' drawing and pageDstyle integration' and 8E4ier cur(es. This Draw Guide is not a course boo* to be wor*ed through from beginning to end. 5ather' it is a reference wor* in which you can browse for guidance on particular topics. This document describes only the functions associated with @raw. +ome concepts' such as file management or the way the #ibre9ffice en(ironment wor*s' are mentioned only brieflyJ they are co(ered in more detail in the Getting ,tarted Guide.

raw workplace
The main components of the @raw interface or wor*space are shown in -igure 2. The large area in the center of the window is where you ma*e the drawings. You can surround the drawing area with toolbars and information areas. The number and position of the (isible tools (ary with the tas* in hand and user preferences. Therefore your setup may loo* different. -or e.ample' many users put the main @rawing toolbar on the leftDhand side of the wor*space and not at the bottom' as shown in -igure 2. You can split drawings in @raw o(er se(eral pages. ,ultiDpage drawings are used mainly for presentations. The Pages pane' on the left side of the @raw wor*space in -igure 2 gi(es an o(er(iew of the pages that you create. ?f the Pages pane is not (isible on your setup' you can enable it by going to >iew 9 Page Pane on the main menu bar. To ma*e changes to the page order' Aust drag and drop one or more pages into a new position. ?n #ibre9ffice @raw' the ma.imum si4e of a drawing page is 300 cm by 300 cm.

Aulers
You should see rulers $bars with numbers& on the upper and leftDhand sides of the wor*space. ?f they are not (isible' you can enable them by selecting >iew 9 Auler in the main menu bar. The rulers show the si4e of a selected obAect on the page using double lines $highlighted in -igure 3&. 1hen no obAect is selected' they show the location of the mouse pointer' which helps to position drawing obAects more accurately. You can also use the rulers to manage obAect handles and guide lines' ma*ing it easier to position obAects.
! LibreOffice .! Draw Guide

$igure 9: LibreOffice Draw wor3space

$igure 3: 2ulers showing si0e of a selected ob:ect The page margins in the drawing area are also represented on the rulers. You can change the margins directly on the rulers by dragging them with the mouse. The margin area is indicated by the grayed out area on the rulers as shown in -igure 3. To modify the measurement units of the rulers' which can be defined independently, rightDclic* on the desired ruler' as illustrated for the hori4ontal ruler in -igure :.

4hapter ! /ntroducing Draw

!"

$igure : 2uler units The default position of the 4ero for each of the rulers is located in the top left corner of the page where the left and top margins start. This 4ero position can be adAusted by holding down the 4trl *ey and clic*ing in the top left corner of the wor*space $-igure 3& where the hori4ontal and (ertical rulers meet and dragging to a new 4ero position.

$tatus bar
The +tatus bar is located at the bottom of the @raw window and includes se(eral @rawDspecific fields.

$igure ": Draw status bar

Information area shows which action is being carried out' or which obAect type is selected.
Position and &b'ect si1e show different information depending on whether obAects are selected or not.

1hen no obAect is selected' the position numbers show the current position $H and Y coordinates& of the mouse cursor. 1hen an obAect is selected and being resi4ed with the mouse' the obAect si4e numbers show the si4e of the obAect $width and height&.
The si4es are gi(en in the current measurement unit $not to be confused with the ruler units&. This measurement unit is defined in 2ools 9 &ptions 9 :ibre&ffice raw 9 ;eneral.

?ote

?f an obAect is selected' the position numbers shows the H and Y coordinates of the upperDleft corner and the obAect si4e number pair displays the si4e of the obAect. These numbers do not relate to the obAect itself' but to the selection outline' which is the smallest possible rectangle that can contain the (isible part or parts of the obAectJ see 4hapter 3 ;or3ing with Ob:ects and Ob:ect #oints for more information.
LibreOffice .! Draw Guide

!<

1hen an obAect is selected' a doubleDclic* in either of these areas opens the Position and $i1e dialogJ see 4hapter 4hanging Ob:ect )ttributes for more information.

@nsaved changes are indicated whene(er any change is made to the document but not
yet sa(ed to dis*.

igital signature indicates if the document has been digitally signed. ) doubleDclic* or rightDclic* in this area opens the @igital +ignatures dialog. ) document must be sa(ed at least once before it can be digitally signed. )fter a document is digitally signed' an indicator appears in this area. number of pages created for the drawing. ?f you select an obAect' the information enclosed by parentheses indicates on which layer the obAect is placed within the drawing. ?n the e.ample shown in -igure C' the obAect is on the #ayout layer of +lide 1 and there is a total number of one slide in the drawing.

$lide number shows the se>uence number for the current drawing page and the total

Page style shows which template is being used for the drawing. Boom slider changes the 4oom percentage of how the drawing appears on the computer
display. Clic*ing on the plus $I& sign increases 4oom and on the minus $D& sign decreases 4oom. You can also drag the slider to increase or decrease the 4oom percentage. The (ertical bar in the middle of the =oom slider represents a 4oom percentage of 100N.

Boom percentage shows the le(el of 4oom as a percentage. @oubleDclic*ing on the 4oom
percentage opens the Boom 4 >iew :ayout dialog. 5ightDclic*ing on the 4oom percentage opens a menu where you can select a 4oom le(el. +ee 4hapter 3 ;or3ing with Ob:ects and Ob:ect #oints for more information on wor*ing with the 4oom functions.

2oolbars
You can display or hide the (arious @raw toolbars' according to your needs. To display or hide a toolbar' clic* >iew 9 2oolbars. 9n the menu that appears' select which toolbars you want to display. You can also select the icons or buttons that you want to appear on the toolbars. To change the (isible icons or buttons on any toolbar' rightDclic* in an empty area on the toolbar and select >isible #uttons from the conte.t menu. Misible icons or buttons are indicated by a shaded outline around the icon. ?cons or buttons not (isible are indicated by a plain icon as shown by the lower three icons in -igure 7. Clic* on an icon to hide or show it in the toolbar.

$igure <: ,election of visible toolbar icons

4hapter ! /ntroducing Draw

!>

tandard toolbar
The +tandard toolbar $-igure B& is the same for all #ibre9ffice components and is described in detail in the Getting ,tarted Guide.

$igure >: ,tandard toolbar

Drawin! toolbar
The @rawing toolbar $-igure <& is the most important toolbar in @raw. ?t contains all the necessary functions for drawing (arious geometric and freehand shapes' and for organi4ing them in the drawing. ?t is described in detail in 4hapter 9? Drawing @asic ,hapes.

$igure *: Drawing toolbar

Line and Fillin! toolbar


The #ine and -illing toolbar $-igure =& lets you modify the main properties of a drawing obAect. The icons and pullDdown lists (ary according to the type of obAect selected. -or e.ample' to change the style of a line' clic* on the up and down arrows for Line ,t1le and select the re>uired style. The functions on the #ine and -illing toolbar let you change the color' style' and width of the line drawn' the fill color and style' and other properties of an obAect. The obAect must first be selected with a mouse clic*. ?f the selected obAect is a te.t frame' the #ine and -illing toolbar changes to the Te.t -ormatting toolbar $-igure 10&.

$igure -: Line and $illing toolbar

"ext For#attin! toolbar


The Te.t -ormatting toolbar $-igure 10& is similar to the -ormatting toolbar in 1riter. -or an e.planation of the functions on this toolbar' see 4hapter 4hanging Ob:ect )ttributes. -or information on adding and formatting te.t' see 4hapter - )dding and $ormatting %e't.

$igure !8: %e't $ormatting toolbar

Options toolbar
!se the 9ptions toolbar $-igure 11& to acti(ate or deacti(ate (arious drawing aids. The 9ptions toolbar is not displayed by default. To display it' go to >iew 9 2oolbars 9 &ptions on the main menu bar. The tools a(ailable on this toolbar are shown in -igure 11 and described in greater detail in other chapters of this Draw Guide.

!*

LibreOffice .! Draw Guide

$igure !!: Options toolbar

Floating and moving toolbars


$vailable toolsets
,any icons ha(e a small triangle pointing downward to the right side of the icon. This triangle indicates that the icon has additional tools a(ailable. Clic* on the triangle to display the full set of tools $-igure 12&. You can Otear offP this toolset so it becomes a floating toolbar. Clic* the area at the bottom of the toolset' drag it across the screen to a location you want and then release the mouse button. To close a floating toolbar' clic* on the H on the right of the toolbar title.

$igure !9: )vailable toolset and floating toolbar


1hen a toolset is made into a floating toolbar' the icon on the e.isting toolbar remains in the toolbar and always shows the last tool you used. This means that the icon you see on your screen may differ from the icon shown in this guide.

?ote

4hapter ! /ntroducing Draw

!-

2ip

1hen you doubleDclic* on an icon on a toolbar' the command corresponding to that icon will become acti(e and remain acti(e. You can then repeat this action as often as you li*e. To e.it from this mode' press the &sc *ey or clic* on another icon. "lease note that this may not wor* for e(ery icon on e(ery toolbar.

Default toolbars
1hen you open @raw' the default set of toolbars are already doc*ed or fi.ed in their positions at the top and bottom of the wor*space. This default set of toolbars normally are the +tandard' #ine and -illing' and @rawing toolbars. These toolbars can be undoc*ed and become floating toolbars.

To undoc* a toolbar' mo(e the mouse cursor to the far left of the toolbar and o(er the
toolbar handle $-igure 13&. The cursor will change shape' normally to a grabbing hand' but this is dependent on computer setup and operating system. Clic* and drag on the toolbar handle to mo(e the toolbar until it becomes a floating toolbar. This floatingDtoolbar capability is common to all components of #ibre9ffice.

To doc* a floating toolbar at the top of the @raw wor*space' press and hold the 4trl *ey
then doubleDclic* on the title of the toolbar. The toolbar will mo(e into a(ailable space at the top of the @raw wor*space.

)n alternati(e method of doc*ing a toolbar is to clic* in the toolbar title and drag the toolbar
to the doc*ed position that you re>uire. This can be the top' bottom or one of the sides of the @raw wor*space.

$igure !3: %oolbar handles

%usto#i&in! toolbars
You can customi4e toolbars in se(eral ways%

To show or hide icons defined for a toolbar' see OToolbarsP and -igure 7 on page 1B. To add functions to a toolbar' mo(e tools between toolbars' or create new toolbars%
1& +elect >iew 9 2oolbars 9 Customi1e on the main menu bar to open the Customi4e dialog $-igure 1:&. 2& +elect the 2oolbars tab and the toolbar you want to change from the %oolbar drop down list. 3& +elect the desired function for that toolbar from the 4ommands list. :& ?f necessary' reposition the new function on the 4ommands list using the up and down arrows. C& Clic* 2oolbar and select how you want the toolbar to appear in @raw from the conte.t menu Q Icons &nly' 2e3t &nly' Icons 4 2e3t' or Aestore efault $ettings. 7& Clic* &= to sa(e your changes and close the dialog.

To add a new function' or modify a toolbar' see the Getting ,tarted Guide for more
information.

98

LibreOffice .! Draw Guide

$igure ! : 4ustomi0e dialog A %oolbars page

Choosing and defining colors


The Color bar $-igure 1C& displays the current color palette. ?t lets you rapidly select the color of the (arious obAects $lines' areas' and 3@ effects& in your drawing. The first bo. in the panel corresponds to in(isible $no color&. ?f the Color bar is not displayed go to >iew 9 2oolbars 9 Color #ar. The toolbar appears by default at the bottom of the wor*space and displays the current color palette. You can access se(eral speciali4ed color palettes in @raw' as well as change indi(idual colors to your own taste. This is done using the Colors page in the )rea dialog by selecting Format 9 Area on the main menu bar or clic*ing the Area icon the Colors tab $-igure 17&. on the #ine and -illing toolbar' then selecting

$igure !": 4olor bar

4hapter ! /ntroducing Draw

9!

$igure !<. )rea dialog A 4olors page To load another palette' clic* on the :oad Color :ist icon . The file selector dialog as*s you to choose one of the standard #ibre9ffice palettes $files with the file e.tension *.soc&. -or e.ample' web.soc is a color palette that is adapted to creating drawings for placing in web pages. These colors will display correctly on wor*stations with screens capable of at least 2C7 colors. The color selection bo. also lets you indi(idually change any color by modifying the numerical (alues in the fields pro(ided to the right of the color palette. You can use the color schemes *nown as C,YL $Cyan' ,agenta' Yellow' 8lac*& or 5G8 $5ed' Green' 8lue&. Clic* on the -dit button to open the Color dialog' where you can set indi(idual colors. +ee the Getting ,tarted Guide 4hapter 9 ,etting +p LibreOffice for more information. ) more detailed description of color and options can also be found in 4hapter !8 )dvanced Draw %echniBues in this guide.

;rid0 snap0 and help lines


@raw pro(ides a grid and snap lines as drawing aids and these can be turned on or off by clic*ing on the isplay ;rid or isplay $nap :ines icons on the 9ptions toolbar. The grid and snap lines are displayed only on the screen and are not shown on a printed drawing or when the drawing is used in another #ibre9ffice program. The color' spacing and resolution of the grid points can be indi(idually chosen for each a.is. 0elp lines when mo(ing obAects can be displayed and these are turned on or off by clic*ing on the 8elplines %hile +oving icon on the 9ptions toolbar. +howing the position of the obAect while mo(ing it ma*es positioning the obAect much easier. ?f this function is acti(ated' pairs of (ertical and hori4ontal lines enclosing the obAect are shown while mo(ing the obAect. These lines e.tend to the edges of the drawing area. @raw also offers se(eral snap functions to help you can position obAects e.actly in a drawing. -or more information on the grid' snap lines' snap functions' and help lines' see 4hapter 3 ;or3ing with Ob:ects and Ob:ect #oints.
99 LibreOffice .! Draw Guide

4hapter 9 Drawing @asic ,hapes

Introduction
You can create 2@ and 3@ obAects in @raw. This chapter shows how to draw simple 2@ obAects. The following chapters describe how to wor* with and edit such obAects. -or more information on 3@ obAects' see 4hapter > ;or3ing with 3D Ob:ects. )ll shapes' whether they are lines' rectangles' or more complicated shapes' are called ob:ects. This is common notation in (ector drawing software. The drawing tools are found on the @rawing toolbar $-igure 1B&. This toolbar is normally located at the bottom of the wor*space. ?f you do not see it' you can acti(ate it by going to>iew 9 2oolbars on the main menu bar. )s with all the components of #ibre9ffice' you can undoc* the @rawing toolbar and place it where(er you want to on the @raw wor*space as a floating toolbar. You can also configure toolbars by adding' mo(ing' hiding' or deleting toolbar icons. +ee4hapter ! /ntroducing Draw for more information. 1hen you draw a shape' select one for editing or add te.t' the ?nformation field in the status bar $-igure 1<& changes to reflect the action ta*en or in progress. +ee4hapter ! /ntroducing Draw for more information on the status bar.

$igure !>: Drawing toolbar

$igure !*: Draw status bar

Custom shapes
@raw also offers the ability to create custom shapes' which are the e>ui(alent of )uto,hapes in ,icrosoft 9ffice. Custom shapes differ in their properties and are dealt with separately in the rele(ant chapters of this guide. The main differences relate to the beha(ior of 3@ obAects and te.t handling. Te.t frames in @raw ha(e their own geometric format.

rawing basic shapes


8asic shapes' including te.t' are treated as obAects in @raw. The standard set of tools a(ailable for drawing basic shapes' from left to right on the @rawing toolbar' are shown in -igure 1=. The tools that are already placed on the @rawing toolbar are indicated by a dar*ened area around the icon' for e.ample $elect' :ine and so on. The tools not on the @rawing toolbar do not ha(e this dar*ened area around the icon' for e.ample 2o Curve' 2o Polygon' and so on.

LibreOffice .! Draw Guide

$igure !-: %ools available for Drawing toolbar "lease note that some of the icons on the @rawing toolbar will change shape according to the last tool used from the selection of a(ailable tools. The icons that ha(e a small triangle to the right of the icon indicates that more tools are a(ailable. +ee O@rawing geometric shapesP on page 3: for information on the a(ailable shapes.
1hen you draw a basic shape or select one for editing' the information area at the left side in the status bar changes to reflect the present action% for e.ample Line created' %e't frame ''11 selected' and so on.

?ote

$igure 98: ) straight line

$traight lines
) straight line is the simplest element or obAect in @raw to create. 1& Clic* on the :ine icon on the @rawing toolbar and place the cursor at the point where you want to start the line $-igure 20&. 2& Clic* and drag the cursor while *eeping the mouse button pressed.
4hapter 9 Drawing @asic ,hapes 9"

3& 5elease the mouse button at the point where you want to end the line. ) selection handle appears at each end of the line' showing that this obAect is the currently selected obAect. The selection handle at the starting point of the line is slightly larger than the ending selection handle. :& Leep the ,hift *ey pressed while you draw a line to restrict the drawing angle of the line to a multiple of :C degrees $0' :C' =0' 13C' and so on&.
This is the default beha(ior of the ,hift *ey. 0owe(er' if the option ;hen creating or moving ob:ects in the ,nap position section of 2ools 9 &ptions 9 :ibre&ffice raw 9 ;rid has been selected' the action of the ,hift *ey is the opposite. #ines will automatically be drawn at a multiple of :C degrees unless the ,hift *ey is pressed.

?ote

C& Leep the 4trl *ey pressed while drawing a line to enable the end of the line to snap to the nearest grid point.

?ote

This is the default beha(ior of the 4trl *ey. 0owe(er' if the $nap to ;rid option on the >iew59;rid menu has been selected' the 4trl deacti(ates the snap to grid acti(ity.

7& Leep the )lt *ey pressed while drawing a line and the line e.tends outwards symmetrically in both directions from the start point. This lets you draw lines starting from the middle of the line. B& 1hen a line is drawn' it uses default attributes. To change any of these attributes' select the line by clic*ing on it' then use the tools on the #ine and -illing toolbar to change line style' line width or line color. <& )lternati(ely' go to Format 9 :ine on the main menu bar' or rightDclic* and select :ine from the conte.t menu to open the #ine dialog $-igure 21& to change line style' line width' line color or line transparency. =& ?f necessary' go to 2ools 9 &ptions 9 :ibre&ffice raw 9 ;rid on the main menu bar to adAust the spacing $resolution& of the grid points. +ee 4hapter 3 ;or3ing with Ob:ects and Ob:ect #oints for more information.

$igure 9!: Line dialog A Line page

9<

LibreOffice .! Draw Guide

$igure 99: /nformation area in the ,tatus bar 10& 1hile you are wor*ing with a line $or any other element&' use the information field on the +tatus bar to monitor your acti(ity. ) description of the current acti(ity or selection is shown when you are wor*ing with elements and -igure 22 shows two e.amples.

Arrows
)rrows are drawn li*e lines because @raw classifies arrows as a subgroup of lines' that is lines with arrowheads. The information field on the status bar shows them only as lines. Clic* on the :ine -nds with Arrow icon to draw an arrow. The arrow head is drawn at the end point of the arrow when you release the mouse button.

$igure 93: )rrows toolbar and available tools

4hapter 9 Drawing @asic ,hapes

9>

ifferent types of lines and arrows


Clic* on the small triangle to the right of the :ines and Arrows icon on the @rawing toolbar to open a popDup toolbar with tools for drawing lines and arrows. )lternati(ely' go to >iew 9 2oolbars 9 Arrows on the main menu bar to open the )rrows toolbar as a floating toolbar. The :ines and Arrows icon on the @rawing toolbar always indicates the last tool used and may not be the same as the :ines and Arrows icon shown abo(e. -igure 23 shows the tools that are a(ailable on the )rrows toolbar. )fter drawing the line' you can change the arrow style by clic*ing on the Arrowheads icon in the #ine and -illing toolbar and select the arrow start and end options. +tart options are on the left and end options are on the right in -igure 2:.

$igure 9 : )vailable arrowheads

Aectangles or s6uares
@rawing a rectangle is similar to drawing a straight line. Clic* on the Aectangle icon in the @rawing toolbar. )s you draw the rectangle with the mouse cursor' the rectangle appears with the bottom right corner of the rectangle attached to the cursor. +>uares are rectangles with all sides of e>ual length. To draw a s>uare' clic* on the Aectangle icon and hold down the ,hift *ey while you draw a s>uare.
?f the option ;hen creating or moving ob:ects has been selected in 2ools 9 &ptions 9 :ibre&ffice raw 9 ;eneral' the action of the ,hift *ey is re(ersed. 1hen the 5ectangle tool is selected' a s>uare is drawn. To draw a rectangle you ha(e to press the ,hift *ey when drawing. This ,hift *ey re(ersal also applies when drawing ellipses and circles in O3llipses and circlesP on page 2=.

?ote

To draw a rectangle or s>uare from its center rather than the bottom right corner' position your cursor on the drawing' press the mouse button and then hold down the )lt *ey while dragging with the cursor. The rectangle or s>uare uses the start point where you first clic*ed the mouse button as the center. 1ith the rectangle or s>uare selected' you can >uic*ly change border style' line width' or color' and the type of fill color or fill pattern using the tools on the #ine and -illing toolbar. -or more
9* LibreOffice .! Draw Guide

information on changing the attributes of a rectangle or s>uare' see 4hapter )ttributes.

4hanging Ob:ect

-llipses and circles


To draw an ellipse $also called an o(al&' clic* on the -llipse icon on the @rawing toolbar. ) circle is an ellipse with both a.es the same length. To draw a circle' clic* on the -llipse icon and hold down the ,hift *ey while you draw a circle. To draw an ellipse or circle from its center' position your cursor on the drawing' press the mouse button and then hold down the )lt *ey while dragging with the cursor. The ellipse or circle uses the start point $where you first clic*ed the mouse button& as the center. 1ith the ellipse or circle selected' you can >uic*ly change border style' line width' or color' and the type of fill color or fill pattern using the tools on the #ine and -illing toolbar. -or more information on changing the attributes of an ellipse or circle' see 4hapter 4hanging Ob:ect )ttributes.
To >uic*ly insert a line' rectangle' ellipse' or te.t' press and hold the 4trl *ey down and then clic* on one of the icons for line' rectangle' ellipse' or te.t. )n obAect is drawn automatically in the center of the wor*space area using default (alues. The obAect attributes can then be changed using the #ine -ill toolbar or the information in 4hapter 4hanging Ob:ect )ttributes. This wor*s only if the icon has no associated toolbarJ that is' no triangle or arrow on the right side of the icon.

2ip

Adding arc and segment tools to the rawing toolbar


?f you regularly draw arcs or segments $partial circles or ellipses&' then you can add the Circles and 9(als toolbar $-igure 2C& to the @rawing toolbar. The Circles and 9(als toolbar is an optional toolbar and you ha(e to customi4e the @rawing toolbar to add this optional toolbar.

$igure 9": 4ircles and Ovals toolbar 1& Go to >iew 9 2oolbars 9 Customi1e on the main menu bar' or rightDclic* in a blan* area in the @rawing toolbar and select Customi1e 2oolbar from the conte.t menu to open the Customi4e dialog $-igure 27&. 2& +elect the 2oolbars tab to open the Toolbars page of the Customi4e dialog. 3& +elect Drawing from the 2oolbar drop down list and clic* Add to open the )dd Commands dialog $-igure 2B&. :& +elect Drawing in the Category list. C& +croll down and select the first &llipse command in the Commands list. Chec* the escription section at the bottom of the dialog as this will indicate that you ha(e selected the command for the Circles and 9(als toolbar. 7& Clic* Add and then clic* Close. B& ?n the Customi4e dialog' ma*e sure the new &llipse command is selected and chec*ed. <& -or clarity' clic* +odify 9 Aename and type in 4ircles and Ovals as the new name for this command' then clic* &=. =& !se the up and down arrow buttons to mo(e the new 4ircles and Ovals command to the desired position on the @rawing toolbar. 10& Clic* &= to sa(e the customi4ed @rawing toolbar and close the Customi4e dialog.

4hapter 9 Drawing @asic ,hapes

9-

$igure 9<: 4ustomi0e dialog

$igure 9>: )dd 4ommands dialog

38

LibreOffice .! Draw Guide

?ote

The icon used to open the Circles and 9(als toolbar is still called 3llipse and is not to be confused with the -llipse icon that is one of the default tools placed on the left of the @rawing toolbar.

The new Circles and &vals $3llipse& icon appears on the @rawing toolbar with a small triangle to the right of it. Clic* on this triangle to open the Circles and 9(als toolbar $-igure 2C&. To ma*e this toolbar into a floating toolbar' drag the toolbar onto the wor*space area. The Circles and &vals icon on the @rawing toolbar always indicates the last tool used and may not be the same as the Circles and &vals icon shown abo(e. To help pre(ent any confusion' you can remo(e the standard -llipse icon from the @rawing toolbar by opening the Customi4e dialog $-igure 27& and deselecting the first 3llipse command in the Commands list. )lternati(ely' select the first 3llipse command' clic* +odify and select @elete from the conte.t menu. To return the @rawing toolbar to its default settings' open the Customi4e dialog' clic* Aestore and then Ces to reset the @rawing toolbar to the default settings.

Arcs or segments
1& To draw an arc or segment' select the appropriate icon in the Circles and 9(als toolbar $-igure 2C&. 2& Clic* and drag with the cursor to create a guide circle or ellipse. 3& ,o(e the cursor to the position where you want the arc or segment to start. The status bar indicates the angle in degrees. :& Clic* to start drawing the arc or segment. C& ,o(e the cursor to create the arc or segment. The status bar shows the angle in degrees. 7& 1hen you ha(e drawn the arc or segment you re>uire' clic* again to complete the arc or segment.

Curves or polygons
To draw a cur(e or polygon' clic* the Curve icon on the @rawing toolbar. Clic* on the triangle to the right of the icon to open the toolbar $-igure 2<&. The Curve icon on the @rawing toolbar always indicates the last tool used and may not be the same as the Curve icon shown abo(e. 0o(ering the cursor o(er this icon gi(es a tooltip of Cur(e. ?f you open the floating toolbar' the toolbar title is #ines.

$igure 9*: 4urves 6Lines7 toolbar


4hapter 9 Drawing @asic ,hapes 3!

%urves
1& Clic* and hold the left mouse button to create the starting point of your cur(e' then drag from the starting point to draw a line. 2& 5elease the left mouse button and continue to drag the cursor to bend the line into a cur(e. 3& Clic* to set the end point of the cur(e and fi. the cur(e on the page. 9nly the first section of your cur(e is drawn as a cur(e. :& To continue with your cur(e' clic* and drag the cursor to draw a straight line. 3ach mouse clic* sets a corner point and allows you to continue drawing another straight line from the last corner point. C& @oubleDclic* to end the drawing of your cur(e. ?f you selected a filled cur(e' the last point is automatically Aoined to the first point to close off the cur(e and fills it with the current standard fill color. ) cur(e without filling will not be closed when you end the drawing.

'ol(!ons
1& Clic* and draw the first line from the start point while holding the left mouse button held down. 2& 5elease the mouse button when you ha(e reached the second point of your polygon and a line between the first and second points is drawn. 3& ,o(e the cursor to where you want the ne.t point point in your polygon and clic* the mouse button to draw the ne.t line. :& @oubleDclic* to end the drawing of your polygon. ?f you selected a filled polygon' the last point is automatically Aoined to the first point to close off the polygon and fills it with the current standard fill color. ) polygon without filling will not be closed when you end the drawing.

'ol(!ons 4)*
These polygons are drawn the same way as ordinary polygons abo(e' but the angles between lines are restricted to :C or =0 degrees when you create another point in your polygon.

?ote

0olding down the ,hift *ey when drawing lines with the Cur(e or "olygon tools will also restrict the angles between the lines to :C or =0 degrees.

Freefor# lines
!sing the -reeform #ine tools is similar to drawing with a pencil on paper. 1& Clic* and drag the cursor to the line shape you re>uire. 2& 5elease the mouse button when you are satisfied with your freeform line and the drawing is completed. ?f you selected a filled freeform line' the last point is automatically Aoined to the first point to close off the freeform line and fills it with the current standard fill color. ) freeform line without filling will not be closed when you end the drawing.

39

LibreOffice .! Draw Guide

;luepoints and connectors


;luepoints
)ll @raw obAects ha(e glue points' which normally are not displayed. Gluepoints become (isible when the Connectors icon on the @rawing toolbar is selected. ,ost obAects ha(e four gluepoints $-igure 2=&. You can add more glue points and customi4e glue points using the ;luepoints toolbar $-igure 30&. Go to >iew 9 2oolbars 9 ;luepoints on the main menu bar to open the toolbar. Gluepoints are not the same as the selection handles of an obAect. The handles are for mo(ing or changing the shape of an obAect' as described in 4hapter 3 ;or3ing with Ob:ects and Ob:ect #oints. Gluepoints are used to fi. or glue a connector to an obAect so that when the obAect mo(es' the connector stays fi.ed to the obAect. -or a more detailed description on the use of gluepoints' see 4hapter * 4onnections? $lowcharts and Organi0ation 4harts.

$igure 9-: Gluepoints

$igure 38: Gluepoints toolbar

Connectors
Connectors are lines or arrows whose ends automatically snap to a gluepoint of an obAect. Connectors are useful in drawing organi4ation charts' flow diagrams' and mindDmaps. 1hen obAects are mo(ed or reordered' the connectors remain attached to a gluepoint. -igure 31 shows an e.ample of two obAects and a connector. @raw offers a range of different connectors and connector functions. Clic* on the triangle to the right of the Connector icon to open the Connectors toolbar $-igure 32&. The Connector icon on the @rawing toolbar always indicates the last tool used and may not be the same as the Connector icon shown abo(e. -or a more detailed description of the use of connectors' see 4hapter * 4onnections? $lowcharts and Organi0ation 4harts.

4hapter 9 Drawing @asic ,hapes

33

$igure 3!: ) connector between two ob:ects

$igure 39: 4onnectors toolbar

rawing geometric shapes


The icons for drawing geometric shapes are located on the @rawing toolbar and each geometric shape is e.plained in the following sections. Clic*ing on the triangle to the right of the icon opens a floating toolbar gi(ing access to the tools for that geometric shape. The use of these tools for geometric shapes is similar to the tool used for drawing rectangles and s>uares. -or more information' see O5ectangles or s>uaresP on page 2<. The icons used on the @rawing toolbar for drawing geometric shapes always indicates the last tool used and may not be the same as the icons shown in the following sections.

#asic shapes
Clic* on the triangle to the right of the #asic $hapes icon to open the 8asic +hapes toolbar $-igure 33& for drawing basic shapes. This toolbar also includes a rectangle tool identical to the one already displayed on the @rawing toolbar.

LibreOffice .! Draw Guide

$igure 33: @asic ,hapes toolbar

$ymbol shapes
Clic* on the triangle to the right of the $ymbol $hapes icon toolbar for drawing symbols. to open the +ymbol +hapes

$igure 3 : ,1mbol ,hapes toolbar

#lock arrows
Clic* on the triangle to the right of the #lock Arrows icon drawing bloc* arrows. to open the 8loc* )rrows toolbar for

$igure 3": @loc3 )rrows toolbar

Flowcharts
Clic* on the triangle to the right of the Flowcharts icon to open the -lowchart toolbar for symbols used in drawing flowcharts. The creation of flowcharts' organi4ation charts' and similar planning tools are further described in 4hapter * 4onnections? $lowcharts and Organi0ation 4harts.

$igure 3<: $lowcharts toolbar

Callouts
Clic* on the triangle to the right of the Callouts icon callouts. to open the Callouts toolbar for drawing

$igure 3>: 4allouts toolbar

4hapter 9 Drawing @asic ,hapes

3"

$tars and banners


Clic* on the triangle to the right of the $tars icon drawing stars and banners. to open the +tars and 8anners toolbar for

$igure 3*: ,tars and @anners toolbar

Adding te3t to drawings and ob'ects


?n @raw you can add' insert' and format te.t to a drawing' obAects' and shapes as follows%

)s a dynamic te.t frame' which is an independent @raw obAect and e.pands as you add
more te.t within the frame.

Te.t within a pre(iously drawn obAect. This integrates te.t within the obAect and is placed
within the boundary rectangle that surrounds an obAect. This boundary rectangle is not dynamic and care must be ta*en so that your te.t does not go outside of the obAect boundaries. -or more information on how to add' insert' and format te.t in a drawing or drawing obAects' see 4hapter - )dding and $ormatting %e't.

3<

LibreOffice .! Draw Guide

4hapter 3 ;or3ing with Ob:ects and Ob:ect #oints

Introduction
This chapter loo*s at the tools and functions that let you modify e.isting drawings. )ll of the functions apply to a selected obAect or a group of selected obAects' which can be distinguished by selection handles on a rectangular frame that is large enough to contain the obAect. 1here se(eral obAects are selected' the frame around the obAects corresponds to the smallest rectangle that can contain all of the obAects. This frame is called the selection rectangle.
The color and shape of the selection handles will change depending on the tool and function that has been selected to change the obAect properties. The color of the selection handles also depends on the computer operating system and how the computer has been set up.

?ote

$electing ob'ects
irect selection
The easiest way to select an obAect is to clic* directly on it. -or obAects that are not filled' clic* on the obAect outline to select it. 9ne clic* selectsJ a second clic* deselects. To select or deselect more than one obAect' hold the ,hift *ey down while clic*ing.

$election by framing
You can also select se(eral obAects at once by dragging the mouse cursor around the obAects. This draws a rectangle around the obAects' and only obAects that lie entirely within the rectangle will be selected. To select multiple obAects by framing' the +elect icon on the @rawing toolbar must be acti(e.

?ote

1hen you drag the mouse cursor to select multiple obAects' the selection rectangle being drawn is also *nown as a mar>uee.

$electing hidden ob'ects


?f obAects are located behind others and not (isible' they can still be selected.

-or computers using a 1indows or ,ac operating system.


+elect the obAect in front of the hidden obAects' then press the )lt *ey and clic* to select the hidden obAect. ?f there are se(eral hidden obAects' *eep holding down the )lt *ey and clic*ing until you reach the obAect you want. To cycle through the obAects in re(erse order' hold down the )lt5,hift *eys and clic*.

-or computers using a #inu. operating system.


"ress the %ab *ey to cycle selection through the obAects in your drawing' stopping at the hidden obAect you want to select. To cycle through the obAects in re(erse order' press ,hift5%ab. This is a (ery >uic* way to reach an obAect' but it may not be practical if there a large number of obAects in a drawing. 1hen you select a hidden obAect' its selection handles will appear through the obAects co(ering it.

3*

LibreOffice .! Draw Guide

Arranging ob'ects
?n a comple. drawing' se(eral obAects may be stac*ed on top of one another. To rearrange the stac*ing order by mo(ing an obAect forward or bac*ward using one of the following methods%

+elect an obAect' go to +odify 9 Arrange on the main menu bar' or rightDclic* on the obAect
and select Arrange0 then select one of the following%

#ring to Front #ring Forward $end #ackward $end to #ack In Front of &b'ect #ehind &b'ect

+elect an obAect' then use one of the following *eyboard shortcuts% 4trl5,hift55 $bring to front& 4trl55 $bring forward& 4trl5-6send bac*ward& 4trl5,hift5- $send to bac*& +elect an obAect' then clic* on the small triangle to the right of the Arrange icon
on the #ine and -illing toolbar to open the "osition toolbar' gi(ing access to the arrangement options as shown in -igure 3=.

$igure 3-: #osition toolbar

Positioning and ad'usting ob'ects


@sing 1oom
To help in the positioning and adAustment of obAects' @raw has a 4oom function that reduces or enlarges the screen display of the current drawing. -or e.ample' 4oom in to place obAects onto your drawing with greater positionJ 4oom out to see the complete drawing. You can control 4ooming three ways% from the +tatus bar' 2oom dialog' or 2oom toolbar.
2ooming is handled differently on #inu. and 1indows operating systems. ) document sa(ed with a 100N 4oom factor in 1indows is displayed at a larger 4oom factor in #inu..
3-

?ote

4hapter 3 ;or3ing with Ob:ects and Ob:ect #oints

tatus bar
The 4oom controls are located on the right side of the status bar $-igure :0&J these controls gi(e you >uic* and easy access to 4ooming.

$igure 8: ,tatus bar 0oom controls

Clic* on the minus sign to reduce the 4oom factor. Clic* on the plus sign to increase the 4oom factor. Clic* and hold on the slide control and mo(e it to increase or decrease the 4oom factor. 5ightDclic* on the 4oom percentage number and select a 4oom factor from the conte.t menu that opens. Miew #ayout dialog $-igure :1& that opens.

@oubleDclic* on the 4oom percentage number and select a 4oom factor from the 2oom K

$igure !: =oom C View La1out dialog

+oo# la(out dialo!


Go to >iew 9 Boom 9 Boom on the main menu bar or doubleDclic* on the 4oom percentage figure on the +tatus bar $-igure :0& to open the Boom 4 >iew :ayout dialog $-igure :1&' where you can increase or reduce the 4oom factor. The current 4oom percentage is displayed on the +tatus bar. Boom factor $ets the 4oom factor at which to display the current document and all documents of the same type that you open thereafter.

Optimal Q resi4es the display to fit the width of the te.t in the document. $it width and height Q displays the entire page on your screen. $it width Q displays the complete width of the document page. The top and bottom edges of
the page may not be (isible.

!88D Q displays the document at its actual si4e. Variable Q enter a percentage in the bo. for the 4oom factor at which you want to display
the document.

LibreOffice .! Draw Guide

$igure 9: =oom toolbar

+oo# toolbar
Go to >iew 9 2oolbars 9 Boom to open the Boom toolbar $-igure :2& and the tools on this toolbar are as follows%

Boom In Q displays the slide at two times its current si4e. Clic* once on the tool' then mo(e
the cursor onto the obAect and clic* again. You can also select the Boom In tool and drag a rectangular frame around the area you want to enlarge.

Boom &ut Q displays the drawing at half its current si4e each time the tool is clic*ed. Boom 1..D Q displays the drawing at its actual si4e. Boom Previous Q returns the display of the drawing to the pre(ious 4oom factor you
applied. You can also use the *eyboard shortcut 4trl 5? 64omma7.

Boom ?e3t Q undoes the action of the Previous Boom command. You can also the
*eyboard shortcut 4trl 5. 6#eriod7.

Boom Page Q displays the whole drawing on your screen. Boom Page %idth Q displays the complete width of the drawing. The top and bottom
edges of the slide may not be (isible.

&ptimal Q resi4es the display to include all of the obAects on the slide. &b'ect Boom Q resi4es the display to fit the obAect$s& you selected. $hift Q mo(es the drawing within the @raw wor*space. "lace the cursor on the drawing
and drag to mo(e the drawing. 1hen you release the cursor' the last tool you used is automatically selected.

+oving and ad'usting ob'ect si1e


1hen mo(ing an obAect or changing its si4e' chec* the leftDhand area of the status bar at the bottom of the @raw window $-igure :3&. -rom left to right' this area shows what obAect is selected' its position on the drawing in H/Y coordinates and dimensions of the obAect. The units of measurement are those selected in 2ools 9 &ptions 9 :ibre&ffice raw 9 ;eneral.

4hapter 3 ;or3ing with Ob:ects and Ob:ect #oints

$igure 3: Left end of status bar when wor3ing with ob:ects

Movin! ob,ects
To mo(e an obAect $or a group of obAects&' select it and then clic* within the obAect borders and hold down the left mouse button while dragging the mouse. @uring mo(ement' a ghost image of the obAect appears to help with repositioning. 1hen the obAect reaches its new location' release the mouse button.

$d,ustin! ob,ect si&e


To change the si4e of a selected obAect $or a group of selected obAects&' mo(e the cursor to one of the selection handles. The cursor will change shape to indicate the direction of mo(ement for that selection handle. )s you change the si4e of the obAect' a ghosted image of the obAect appears. 1hen you ha(e reached the desired si4e of the obAect' release the mouse button. The results depend on which selection handle you use. To resi4e an obAect along one a.is' use a selection handle on one of the sides. To resi4e along both a.es' use a corner selection handle.
?f you press the ,hift *ey while resi4ing an obAect' the change in si4e will be carried out symmetrically with respect to the two a.es so that the aspect ratio of the obAect remains the same. This ,hift *ey beha(ior wor*s on all selection handles.

?ote

This is the default beha(ior of the ,hift *ey. 0owe(er' if ;hen creating or moving ob:ects has been selected in 2ools 9 &ptions 9 :ibre&ffice raw 9 ;rid' the action of the ,hift *ey is re(ersed% that is the aspect ratio will be preser(ed unless the ,hift *ey is pressed.

Modif(in! arcs
The si4e of an arc can be changed by adAusting the positions of the start and end points of an arc. +elect an arc and clic* on the Points icon on the @rawing toolbar. Two larger handles appear at the start and end of the arc $-igure ::&. 1hen the cursor ho(ers o(er one of these larger handles' the cursor changes shape' allowing you to adAust the position of either the start or end points of the arc.

$igure
9

: Eodif1ing arcs
LibreOffice .! Draw Guide

Aotating and slanting ob'ects


-otatin! ob,ects
To rotate an obAect $or a group of obAects&' select the obAect' then go to rotation mode using one of the following methods%

Clic* on the Aotate icon


the ,ode toolbar.

on the #ine and -illing toolbar. on

Go to >iew 9 2oolbars 9 +ode on the main menu bar and select the Aotate icon

The selection handles will change shape and color $-igure :C&. )lso a center of rotation indicator will appear in the center of the obAect. )s you mo(e the cursor o(er the handles' the cursor changes shape. The corner handles are for rotating the obAect' and the top' bottom and side handles are to shear or slant the obAect.

$igure ": 2otating ob:ects ,o(e the cursor to one of the corner handles' then clic* and hold the mouse button and start to mo(e the cursor to rotate the obAect. ) ghosted outline of the obAect being rotated appears and the current angle of rotation is shown in the status bar.
5otation wor*s in a slightly different way for 3@ obAects because it occurs in a three dimensional space and not in a single plane. +ee 4hapter > ;or3ing with 3D Ob:ects for more information.

?ote

The rotation center is normally located at the center of an obAect. To change the position of the rotation center' clic* on the rotation center and drag until it is at the desired position. This rotation center can e(en be outside of the obAect.
?f you press the ,hift *ey while rotating an obAect' rotation will be restricted to 1CR of mo(ement.

?ote

This is the default beha(ior of the ,hift *ey. 0owe(er' if ;hen creating or moving ob:ects has been selected in 2ools 9 &ptions 9 :ibre&ffice raw 9 ;rid' the action of the ,hift *ey is re(ersed% that is rotation will be restricted to 1CR of mo(ement unless the ,hift *ey is pressed.

lantin! ob,ects
To slant an obAect' clic* on the Aotate icon' then use the handles located at the midpoints on the top' bottom and sides of a selected obAect. The cursor changes shape when it ho(ers o(er one of these midpoint handles indicating the direction of slanting. The a.is used for slanting an obAect is the obAect edge directly opposite the midpoint handle being used to slant the obAect. This a.is stays

4hapter 3 ;or3ing with Ob:ects and Ob:ect #oints

fi.ed in location while the other sides of the obAect mo(e in relation to it as you drag the mouse cursor. -igure :7 shows a rectangle slanted using the selection handle at the top of the obAect. Clic* and hold the mouse button' then start to mo(e the cursor to slant the obAect. ) ghosted outline of the obAect being slanted appears and the current angle of slanting is shown in the status bar.

$igure <: ,lanting ob:ects


?f you press the ,hift *ey while slanting an obAect' slanting will be restricted to 1CR of mo(ement.

?ote

This is the default beha(ior of the ,hift *ey. 0owe(er' if ;hen creating or moving ob:ects has been selected in 2ools 9 &ptions 9 :ibre&ffice raw 9 ;rid' the action of the ,hift *ey is re(ersed% that is slanting will be restricted to 1CR of mo(ement unless the ,hift *ey is pressed.

$etting e3act si1e and position


You can position and resi4e obAects with the mouse' but this method is not e.act. ?f you want to accurately position and si4e an obAect' go to Format 9 Position and $i1e on the main menu bar' or rightDclic* on an obAect and select Position and $i1e from the conte.t menu' or press the $ *ey to open the "osition and +i4e dialog $-igure :B&.

'osition and i&e


9pen the "osition and +i4e dialog and clic* on the #osition and ,i0e tab $-igure :B& to set the appropriate (alues.

$igure >: #osition and ,i0e dialog


LibreOffice .! Draw Guide

Position Q specify the location of the selected obAect on the page. #osition F Q enter the hori4ontal distance that you want to mo(e the obAect relati(e to
the base point selected in the grid.

#osition G Q enter the (ertical distance that you want to mo(e the obAect relati(e to the base point selected in the grid. @ase point Q select a base point in the grid and then enter the amount that you want to shift the obAect relati(e to the base point that you selected in the "osition Y and "osition H bo.es. The base points correspond to the selection handles on an obAect.

$i1e Q specify the amount by which you want to resi4e the selected obAect with respect to
the selected base point.

;idth Q enter a width for the selected obAect. (eight Q enter a height for the selected obAect. Heep ratio Q maintains proportions when you resi4e the selected obAect. @ase point Q select a base point in the grid' nd then enter the new si4e dimensions for the selected obAect in the 1idth and 0eight bo.es.

Protect #osition Q pre(ents changes to the position or the si4e of the selected obAect. ,i0e Q pre(ents you from resi4ing the obAect. Adapt Q specifies' if the si4e of a drawing obAect should be adAusted to fit the si4e of
entered te.t.

$it width to te't Q e.pands the width of the obAect to the width of the te.t' if the obAect is smaller than the te.t. $it height to te't Q e.pands the height of the obAect to the height of the te.t' if the obAect is smaller than the te.t.

The units of measurement used for H//Y coordinates and the width and height of the obAect are set by going to 2ools 9 &ptions 9 :ibre&ffice raw 9 ;eneral. The default location of the base points for position and si4e is the upper left corner of the drawing area. You can temporarily change this base point to ma*e positioning or dimensioning simpler by clic*ing on a position corresponding to the location of the base point you want to use. This change in base point is only (alid for single use and the base point is reset to the standard position of top left corner when you close the "osition and +i4e dialog.

-otatin! ob,ects
To accurately rotate an obAect' clic* on the 2otation tab of the "osition and +i4e dialog $-igure :<&. !se this dialog to define the rotation angle and the location of the pi(ot point.

Pivot point Q the selected obAect is rotated around a pi(ot point that you specify. The
default pi(ot point is at the center of the obAect. ?f you set a pi(ot point too far outside of the obAect boundaries' the obAect could be rotated off of the page.

#osition F Q enter the hori4ontal distance from the left edge of the page to the pi(ot point. #osition G Q enter the (ertical distance from the top edge of the page to the pi(ot point. Default settings Q select where you want to place the pi(ot point. @efault position is the center of the obAect. Changing the rotation pi(ot point is only (alid for single use. The pi(ot point is reset to default settings when you close the "osition and +i4e dialog.

4hapter 3 ;or3ing with Ob:ects and Ob:ect #oints

"

$igure *: 2otating ob:ects

Aotation angle Q specify the number of degrees that you want to rotate the selected
obAect' or clic* in the rotation grid.

)ngle Q enter the number of degrees that you want to rotate the selected obAect. Default settings Q clic* on the indicator to rotate the obAect. The number of degrees is shown in the )ngle bo. as you rotate the indicator.

lant and corner radius


To accurately set the corner radius or slant angle of an obAect' clic* on the ,lant C 4orner 2adius tab of the "osition and +i4e dialog $-igure :=&.

Corner Aadius Q you can only round the corners of a rectangular obAect. ?f this section is
grayed out' then you cannot set a corner radius.

2adius Q enter the radius of the circle that you want to use to round the corners. The larger the (alue for corner radius set' the rounder the corners of an obAect become.

$lant Q slants the selected obAect along the bottom edge of the obAect. )ngle Q enter the angle of the slant a.is. The slant angle relates to how much an obAect
inclines or slants from its normal (ertical position on a drawing.

$igure -: ,etting slant angle and corner radius

<

LibreOffice .! Draw Guide

@sing grid and snap functions


?n @raw' you can also position obAects accurately and consistently using grid points' snap points and lines' obAect frames' indi(idual points on obAects' or page edges. This function is *nown as ,nap. ?t is easier to use snap functions at the highest practical 4oom (alue for your drawing. You can use two different snap functions at the same timeJ for e.ample' snapping to a guide line and the page edge. 0owe(er' it is recommended to acti(ate only those snap functions that you really need.

Configuring grid and snap functions


To configure the grid and snap functions in your drawing' go to 2ools 9 &ptions 9 :ibre&ffice raw 9 ;rid to display the Grid dialog $-igure C0&. The grid and snap functions can also be displayed and switched on or off using this dialog' rightDclic*ing on your drawing and using the options in the conte.t menu' or using the icons in the 9ptions toolbar $-igure C1&. ?f the 9ptions toolbar is not open' go to >iew 9 2oolbars 9 &ptions.

$igure "8: LibreOffice Draw Grid dialog

$igure "!: Options toolbar

;rid Q specifies the settings for the configurable grid on your document pages. This grid
helps you determine the e.act position of your obAects. You can also set this grid in line with the magnetic snap grid. ?f you ha(e acti(ated the snap grid but wish to mo(e or create indi(idual obAects without snap positions' *eep the ,hift *ey pressed to deacti(ate this function for as long as needed.

,nap to grid Q specifies whether to mo(e frames' drawing elements' and controls only between grid points. To change the status of the snap grip only for the current action' drag an obAect while holding down the 4trl *ey. Visible grid Q specifies whether to display the grid.
>

4hapter 3 ;or3ing with Ob:ects and Ob:ect #oints

Aesolution (ori0ontal Q defines the unit of measure for the spacing between grid points on the
HDa.is.

Mertical Q defines the grid points spacing in the desired unit of measurement on the YDa.is.

$ubdivision (ori0ontal Q specify the number of intermediate spaces between grid points on the
HDa.is.

Mertical Q specify the number of intermediate spaces between grid points on the YDa.is.

$ynchroni1e a3es Q specifies whether to change the current grid settings symmetrically.
The resolution and subdi(ision for the H and Y a.es remain the same.

$nap %o snap lines Q snaps the edge of a dragged obAect to the nearest snap line when you
release the mouse button. You can also define this setting by using the $nap to $nap :ines icon on the 9ptions toolbar.

%o the page margins Q specifies whether to align the contour of the graphic obAect to the nearest page margin. The cursor or a contour line of the graphics obAect must be in the snap range. ?n a drawing' this function can also be accessed with the $nap to Page +argins icon in the 9ptions toolbar.

%o ob:ect frame Q specifies whether to align the contour of the graphic obAect to the border of the nearest graphic obAect. The cursor or a contour line of the graphics obAect must be in the snap range. ?n drawing' this function can also be accessed with the $nap to &b'ect #order icon in the 9ptions toolbar.

%o ob:ect points Q specifies whether to align the contour of the graphic obAect to the points of the nearest graphic obAect. This only applies if the cursor or a contour line of the graphics obAect is in the snap range. ?n a drawing' this function can also be accessed with the $nap to &b'ect Points icon in the 9ptions toolbar.

,nap range Q defines the snap distance between the mouse pointer and the obAect contour. +naps to a snap point if the mouse pointer is closer than the distance selected.

$nap position ;hen creating or moving ob:ects Q specifies that graphic obAects are restricted
(ertically' hori4ontally or diagonally $:CR& when creating or mo(ing them. You can temporarily deacti(ate this setting by pressing the ,hift *ey.

&'tend edges Q specifies that a s>uare is created based on the longer side of a rectangle when the ,hift *ey is pressed before you release the mouse button. This also applies to an ellipse $a circle will be created based on the longest diameter of the ellipse&. 1hen &'tend edges is not selected' a s>uare or a circle will be created based on the shorter side or diameter. ;hen rotating Q specifies that graphic obAects can only be rotated within the rotation angle that you selected. ?f you want to rotate an obAect outside the defined angle' press the ,hift *ey when rotating. 5elease the *ey when the desired rotation angle is reached. #oint reduction Q defines the angle for point reduction. 1hen wor*ing with polygons' you might find it useful to reduce their editing points.

LibreOffice .! Draw Guide

$nap to grid
.sin! nap to Grid
!se the $nap to ;rid function to mo(e an obAect e.actly onto a grid point in your drawing. This function can be switched on and off using one of three methods% 1& Go to >iew 9 ;rid 9 $nap to ;rid. 2& 5ightDclic* on your drawing and selecting $nap to ;rid from the conte.t menu. 3& Clic* on the $nap to ;rid icon on the 9ptions toolbar.

Displa(in! !rid
@isplaying or turning off the grid in your drawing can be done using one of four methods% 1& Go to >iew 9 ;rid 9 isplay ;rid. 2& Clic* on the isplay ;rid icon on the 9ptions toolbar. 3& 5ightDclic* on your drawing and select isplay ;rid from the conte.t menu. :& +electing Visible grid option in the Grid dialog $-igure C0 on page :B&.

%/an!in! color of !rid points


8y default the grid points are gray and' depending on you display and computer setup' are not always easy to see. To change the color of the grid points' go to 2ools 9 &ptions 9 :ibre&ffice 9 Appearance to open the )ppearance dialog $-igure C2&. ?n the Drawing/#resentation section' select a more suitable color from the dropDdown list.

$igure "9: LibreOffice )ppearance dialog

$nap points and lines


!nli*e the grid' snap lines and snap points are inserted by you when you want to position an obAect in a specific position on your drawing. +nap lines can either be hori4ontally or (ertically and appear
4hapter 3 ;or3ing with Ob:ects and Ob:ect #oints -

as dashed lines. +nap points appear as small crosses with dashed lines. +nap points and snap lines do not appear in printed output.

0nsertin! snap points and snap lines


To insert a snap point or snap line' go to Insert 9 Insert $nap PointE:ine or rightDclic* on your drawing and select Insert $nap PointE:ine from the conte.t menu to open the ew +nap 9bAect dialog $-igure C3&.

$igure "3: Iew ,nap Ob:ect dialog

Position Q sets the position of a selected snap point or line relati(e to the top left corner of
the page.

F a'is Q enter the amount of space you want between the snap point or line and the left edge of the page. G a'is Q enter the amount of space you want between the snap point or line and the top edge of the page.

2ype Q specifies the type of snap obAect you want to insert. #oint Q inserts a snap point. Vertical Q inserts a (ertical snap line. (ori0ontal Q inserts a hori4ontal snap line. 0nsertin! snap lines usin! rulers
+nap lines' but not snap points' can be inserted using the (ertical or hori4ontal rulers. ?f the rulers are not displayed' go to 2ools 9 &ptions 9 :ibre&ffice raw 9 >iew and select 2ulers visible. To insert a snap line' mo(e the cursor to a ruler' then clic* and drag a snap line to the re>uired position.

Displa(in! snap points and lines


@isplaying or turning off snap points and lines in your drawing can be done using one of these methods%

Go to >iew 9 ;rid 9 isplay $nap :ines on the main menu bar. Clic* on the isplay $nap :ines icon on the 9ptions toolbar. 5ightDclic* on your drawing and select isplay $nap :ines from the conte.t menu.

"8

LibreOffice .! Draw Guide

Editin! snap points and lines


To edit a snap point' rightDclic* on the snap point and select -dit $nap Point from the conte.t menu to open the ew +nap 9bAect dialog or drag it to a new position on your drawing. To edit a snap line' rightDclic* on the snap line and select -dit $nap :ine from the conte.t menu to open the ew +nap 9bAect dialog or drag the snap line to a new position on your drawing.

Deletin! snap points and lines


To delete a snap point' drag it bac* to a ruler or rightDclic* on the snap point and select $nap Point from the conte.t menu. To delete a snap line' drag it bac* to the ruler or rightDclic* on the snap line and select :ine from the conte.t menu. elete elete $nap

%onfi!urin! snap ran!e


To configure the snap range of when an obAect snaps to position' go to 2ools 9 &ptions 9 :ibre&ffice raw 9 ;rid $-igure C0 on page :B& and enter the number of pi.els to set the pro.imity of when the obAect will snap into position in the ,nap range bo.. The default setting is C pi.els.

@sing guide lines


Guide lines $also *nown as help lines& are another function in @raw to help you position obAects. Guide lines can be displayed while the obAect is being mo(ed. They e.tend from the edges of the obAect to the rulers at the top and left side of your drawing and do not ha(e a snap function $-igure C:&. To use guide lines' go to 2ools 9 &ptions 9 :ibre&ffice raw 9 >iew and select the ,nap Lines on the 9ptions toolbar. when moving option or clic* the 8elplines %hile +oving icon

$igure " : +sing guide lines

Changing form of regular shapes


1hen drawing certain regular shapes' one or more dots are displayed in a different color to the selection handles when an obAect is selected. 1hen the cursor ho(ers o(er one of these dots' it changes shape. Clic*ing and dragging on one of these dots modifies the shape of the obAect. -or e.ample' you can increase the corner radius of a rounded rectangle or s>uare' change the angles of an arc' and so on.
4hapter 3 ;or3ing with Ob:ects and Ob:ect #oints "!

These dots perform different functions according to the shape selected. These functions are listed in the following sections.

#asic shapes
5ounded rectangles and s>uares Q use the dot to change the radius of the cur(e that
replaces the angled corners of a rectangle or s>uare.

Circle pie Q use the dots to change the si4e of the filled sector. ?sosceles triangle Q use the dot to modify the triangle type. Trape4oid' parallelogram' he.agon' or octagon Q use the dot to change the angle between
the sides.

Cross Q use the dot to change the thic*ness of the four arms of the cross. 5ing Q use the dot to change the internal diameter of the ring. 8loc* arc Q use the dot to change both internal diameter and si4e of the filled area. Cylinder and cube Q use the dot to change the perspecti(e. -olded corner Q use the dot to change the si4e of the folded corner. -rame Q use the dot to change the thic*ness of the frame.

$ymbol shapes

+miley face Q use the dot to change the smile on the face. +un' moon' heart Q use the dot to change the shape of the symbol. "rohibited symbol Q use the dot to change the thic*ness of the ring and the diagonal bar. @ouble brac*et' left brac*et' right brac*et' double brace Q use the dot to change the cur(ature of the brac*et. of the point.

#eft brace' right brace Q use the dots to change the cur(ature of the brace and the position +>uare be(el' octagon be(el' diamond be(el Q use the dot to change the thic*ness of the
be(el.

#lock arrows

)rrows Q use the dot to change the shape and thic*ness of the arrows. "entagon' che(ron Q use the dot to change the angle between the sides. )rrow callouts Q use the dots to change the shape and thic*ness of the callouts. Circular arrow Q use the dots to change the thic*ness and area of the arrow.

Callouts
Callouts Q use the dots to change the length' position and angle of the pointer.

$tars
:Dpoint star' <Dpoint star' 2:Dpoint star Q use the dot to change the thic*ness and shape of
the star points.

Mertical scroll' hori4ontal scroll Q use the dot to change the width and shape of the scroll. @oorplate Q use the dot to change the inward cur(ature of the corners.

"9

LibreOffice .! Draw Guide

Curves and polygons


#F1ier curves
The editing of cur(es depends on the mathematics of 8E4ier cur(es1. 3.plaining 8E4ier cur(es goes beyond this scope of this chapter. +ee 4hapter - )dvanced Draw %echniBues for more information on drawing and manipulating 8E4ier cur(es. The editing of a 8E4ier cur(e consists in principle of mo(ing points or tangents passing through these points. 3ach tangent has one control point at each end and a Aunction point where it meets the cur(e. The relati(e angle and distance between the control points determine the shape of the cur(e. -igure CC shows what happens starting from a basic circle and changing only one point on the circle. You can create many different shapes by mo(ing either the Aunction point itself' or one or both of the round handle points at either end of the tangent. @raw offers more possibilities when you use the functions on the 3dit "oints toolbar.

$igure "": 4reating different shapes b1 changing the tangent

Converting to curve or polygon


8efore modifying the points on an obAect' you must con(ert the obAect to a cur(e or a polygon' depending on what *ind of effect you want to produce. )fter selecting an obAect' go to +odify 9 Convert on the main menu bar and select either 2o Curve or 2o Polygon. )lternati(ely' rightDclic* on an obAect and select Convert 9 2o Curve or Convert 9 2o Polygon from the conte.t menu. )fter con(erting an obAect to a cur(e or polygon' clic* on the Points icon on the @rawing toolbar and the 3dit "oints toolbar opens $-igure C7&. You can also open this toolbar using >iew 9 2oolbars 9 -dit Points on the main menu bar. You will notice that after the con(ersion' the handles located in the corners of the selection rectangle ha(e disappeared. This beha(ior is normal because the handles used with the tools on the 3dit "oints toolbar are located along the outline or trace of the obAect.

-dit Points toolbar


9pen the 3dit "oints toolbar $-igure C7& by going to >iew 9 2oolbars 9 -dit Points on the main menu bar. ?t will then appear whene(er you select an obAect that is a cur(e or polygon and the Points icon on the @rawing toolbar. )(ailable tools on the 3dit "oints toolbar will depend on the obAect selected and which obAect point has been selected.
1 8E4ier cur(es were in(ented by "ierre 8E4ier' an engineer wor*ing with the 5enault car manufacturer' who de(eloped the techni>ue in the 1=70s. The technology was intended to ma*e modeling the surface of (ehicles easier. 4hapter 3 ;or3ing with Ob:ects and Ob:ect #oints "3

$igure "<: &dit #oints toolbar

2angents
8efore you can use tangents on an obAect' you must con(ert the obAect to a cur(e. Go to +odify 9 Convert 9 2o Curve on the main menu bar or rightDclic* on the obAect and select Convert 9 2o Curve from the conte.t menu.

?ote

Tangents are only used on cur(es. ?f an obAect has been con(erted to a polygon and a tangent is added' the obAect is automatically con(erted to a cur(e.

(##etric transition
$ymmetric 2ransition con(erts a corner point or a smooth point into a symmetrical point. 8oth control points of the corner point are aligned in parallel and ha(e the same length. They can only be mo(ed simultaneously and the degree of cur(ature is the same in both directions. 1& Con(ert the obAect to a cur(e and clic* on the selection handle where you want to place the tangent. 2& Clic* on the $ymmetric 2ransition icon . 3& Clic* and drag one of the tangent handles to change the shape of the obAect. )ny mo(ement of one tangent handle is carried o(er symmetrically to the other handle' as shown in -igure CB.

$igure ">: ,1mmetric transition

"

LibreOffice .! Draw Guide

#oot/ transition
$mooth 2ransition con(erts a corner point or symmetrical point into a smooth point. 8oth control points of the corner point are aligned in parallel' and can only be mo(ed simultaneously. The control points may differentiate in length' allowing you to (ary the degree of cur(ature. 1& Con(ert the obAect to a cur(e and clic* on the selection handle where you want to place the tangent. 2& Clic* on the $mooth 2ransition icon so you can adAust separately the lengths on each side of a tangent to ma*e a cur(e flatter or steeper. 3& Clic* and drag one of the tangent handles to change the shape of the obAect. This creates an asymmetric tangentJ the cur(e is flatter on the longest side of the tangent $-igure C<&.

$igure "*: ,mooth transition

%orner point
!se Corner Point tp con(ert the selected point or points into corner points. Corner points ha(e two mo(able control points' which are independent from each other. ) cur(ed line' therefore' does not go straight through a corner point' but forms a corner. ?t is possible to change independently the angle on each side of a tangent using the central point of the tangent as a corner point. 1& Con(ert the obAect to a cur(e and clic* on the selection handle where you want to place the corner point. 2& Clic* on the Corner Point icon to create a corner point at the selected point $-igure C=&. 3& Clic* and drag the end of one of the tangents to change its angle. 3ach tangent can be mo(ed independently to create spi*es and troughs in cur(es.

$igure "-: 4orner point

4hapter 3 ;or3ing with Ob:ects and Ob:ect #oints

""

"an!ent rotation
You can alter the angle by which a tangent relates to cur(e by clic*ing on one of the end points of the tangent and rotating it with the cursor. )s you change the angle of the tangent' the shape of the cur(e changes in response $-igure 70&.

$igure <8: %angent rotation

Points
Movin! points
+ove Points acti(ates a mode in which you can mo(e points. The cursor displays a small empty s>uare when resting on a point. @rag that point to another location. The cur(e on both sides of the point follows the mo(ementJ the section of the cur(e between the ne.t points changes shape. "oint at the cur(e between two points or within a closed cur(e and drag the mouse to shift the entire cur(e without distorting the form. 1& ,a*e sure the obAect is con(erted to a cur(e. 2& Clic* on the +ove Points icon to mo(e any of the points when an obAect has been con(erted to a cur(e or polygon. 3& 0o(er o(er a point until the cursor changes shape' then drag the point to create a new shape. -igure 71 illustrates how an o(oid or egg shape was created from a circle by dragging the right hand side point to the right.

$igure <!: Eoving points

0nsertin! points
Insert Points acti(ates a mode in which you can insert points. You can also mo(e points in this mode' Aust as in the mo(e mode. ?f' howe(er' you clic* on the cur(e between two points and mo(e the cursor a little while holding down the mouse button' you insert a new point. The point is a smooth point and the lines to the control points are parallel and remain so when mo(ed. ?f you wish to create a corner point' you must first insert either a smooth or a symmetrical point which is then con(erted to a corner point by using Corner "oint. 1& ,a*e sure the obAect is con(erted to a cur(e.

"<

LibreOffice .! Draw Guide

2& Clic* on the Insert Points icon to add an e.tra point to an e.isting cur(e or polygon. 3& Clic* on the obAect border at the spot where you want to insert a point. The tangent type associated with the new point depends on where the point has been added to the obAect border. -igure 72 shows a new point added to the top right of an o(oid shape.

$igure <9: /nserting points

Deletin! points
+elect a point on the border of the obAect' then use the elete Points icon to delete one or more selected points from the border of the obAect. To select se(eral points' clic* on those points while holding down the ,hift *ey. The resulting cur(e automatically changes shape around the remaining points. You can also delete selected points by pressing the Del *ey on the *eyboard. -igure 73 shows what happens when the right point was deleted from a circle. The left image is a cur(e with the right point deleted. The right image is a cur(e where points ha(e been con(erted to a line $see OCon(erting cur(es or linesP on page C<& and the right point has been deleted. This forms a straight line is formed between the two points on either side of the deleted point.

$igure <3: Deleting points

Eli#inatin! points
The -liminate Points icon only functions on lines with multiple points. These lines are created

when a cur(e is con(erted to a line using the Convert to Curve icon on the 3dit "oints toolbar $see OCon(erting cur(es or linesP on page C<&. The process of eliminating points from a line to create a straight line is shown in -igure 7:. 1& +elect a line with multiple points where the points ha(e been con(erted to a line. 2& Clic* on the Points icon on the @rawing toolbar. The 3dit "oints toolbar should open. ?f it does not open' then go to >iew 9 2oolbars 9 -dit Points on the main menu bar to open it. 3& !se the mouse cursor to select the point on the line that you want to eliminate. The selected point will be emphasi4ed.

4hapter 3 ;or3ing with Ob:ects and Ob:ect #oints

">

$igure < : &liminating points :& ,a*e sure the -liminate Points icon is acti(e. The area around the icon becomes shaded when acti(e. ?f it is not acti(e' clic* on the 3liminate "oints icon. C& )ccurately position the mouse cursor o(er the selected point' then clic* and start dragging the selected point. )s you drag' a dotted line forms between the two neighboring points. 7& 1hen this dotted line appears to be a straight line between the two neighboring points' release the mouse button. The selected point is eliminated and a straight line now e.ists between the two neighboring points.

Converting curves or lines


Cur(es and lines can be easily con(erted to each other using the Convert to Curve icon on the 3dit "oints toolbar. 1hen a cur(e is con(erted to a line' a straight line is created between selected points on a cur(e. 1hen a line is con(erted to a cur(e' a cur(e is created between selected points on a line. 1& +elect a cur(e or line and then select the points on the cur(e or line where you want to do the con(ersion. 2& Clic* on the Convert to Curve icon and a cur(e is con(erted into a line or a line is con(erted into a cur(e $-igure 7C&.

"*

LibreOffice .! Draw Guide

$igure <": 4onverting curves and lines

$plitting curves
1& +elect a point on the cur(e. 2& Clic* on the $plit Curve icon to split or cut a cur(e at the location of the selected point. ?f the obAect is filled' it will be emptied because the cur(e that represented the obAect border is no longer closed $-igure 77&. 3& To separate a cur(e at se(eral points simultaneously' *eep the ,hift *ey pressed down and select all of the points at which the cut should occur' then clic* on the $plit Curve icon. :& @eselect the cur(e' then drag and drop segments to mo(e them away from the original cur(e. The point where you split the cur(e is now larger than the remaining points (isible on the cur(e' e.cept for the cur(e start point which is also larger than the other points.

$igure <<: ,plitting curves

Closing curves
1& +elect an open and e.isting cur(e $-igure 7B&.

$igure <>: 4losing curves


4hapter 3 ;or3ing with Ob:ects and Ob:ect #oints "-

2& +elect a point of the cur(e. (isible on the cur(e.

ote that the start point of a cur(e is larger than the other points

3& Clic* on the Close #F1ier icon to close the cur(e. ?f the open cur(e was originally a closed and filled cur(e' then the original color will fill the cur(e when it is closed.

Aotating and distorting curves


1& +elect the cur(e' then clic* on the Aotate icon on the #ine and filling toolbar or the ,ode toolbar. The points on the cur(e change color and shape $-igure 7<&. 2& +elect one of the points on the cur(e and drag it to a new position to distort the cur(e. ,o(ement will be restricted to the original border of the cur(e. 3& +elect one of the control points at the end of the tangent line and rotate the distorted cur(e by dragging the cursor. The distorted cur(e will rotate about the center of rotation.

$igure <*: 2otating and distorting curves

<8

LibreOffice .! Draw Guide

4hapter 4hanging Ob:ect )ttributes

2oolbars and menus


To change obAect attributes' such as color or border width' and so on' use the #ine and -illing toolbar' the Te.t -ormatting toolbar' or the conte.t menus.

:ine and Filling toolbar


?f the #ine and -illing toolbar is not displayed' go to >iew 9 2oolbars 9 :ine and Filling to open the toolbar $-igure 7=&. The most common obAect attributes can be edited using this toolbar. -or e.ample' you can open the #ine dialog by clic*ing on the #ine icon and the )rea dialog by

clic*ing on the )rea icon for access to more formatting options. The tools a(ailable from left to right on the #ine and -illing toolbar are also shown in -igure 7=.

$igure <-: Line and $illing toolbar and available tools

$igure >8: %e't $ormatting toolbar and available tools

<9

LibreOffice .! Draw Guide

2e3t Formatting toolbar


1hen you select te.t' the #ine and -illing toolbar automatically changes to show the Te.t -ormatting toolbar $-igure B0&. You can also open the Te.t -ormatting toolbar by selecting >iew 9 2oolbars 9 2e3t Formatting. The tools on this toolbar will not become acti(e until te.t has been selected. The tools a(ailable from left to right on the Te.t -ormatting toolbar are also shown in -igure B0.

Conte3t menu
1hen an obAect is selected and you rightDclic* on the obAect' a conte.t menu $-igure B1& opens that applies to the selected obAect. This conte.t menu pro(ides access to the options a(ailable and allows you to change obAect attributes without ha(ing to open a dialog. ,enu entries with a small triangle on the rightDhand side contain a submenu with more menu options.

$igure >!: &'ample of a 4onte't menu

Formatting lines
?n #ibre9ffice the term line indicates both a freestanding segment $line&' the outer edge of a shape $border&' or an arrow. ?n most cases the properties of the line you can modify are its style $solid' dashed' in(isible' and so on&' its width' and its color. To >uic*ly format a line' first select the line then use the highlighted controls in -igure B2 on the #ine and -illing toolbar to change the style' width' and color of the line.

$igure >9: 4ommon line properties 6st1le? width and color7

4hapter

4hanging Ob:ect )ttributes

<3

?f you want to fully change the appearance of a line' then you need to use the #ine dialog. 1& +elect the line on your drawing. 2& Go to Format 9 :ine on the main menu bar' or rightDclic* on the line and select :ine from the conte.t menu' or select the :ine icon from the #ine and -illing toolbar to open the #ine dialog $-igure B3& where you can set line properties. This dialog consists of four pages% Line' ,hadow' Line ,t1les' and )rrow ,t1les' as e.plained in the following sections. 3& Clic* &= to close the dialog and sa(e your changes. The pre(iew bo. at the bottom of the dialog shows the effect of your changes on a line.

$igure >3: Line properties dialog A Line page

:ine properties
The Line page is where you can set the basic parameters of the line and is di(ided into four sections as follows.

Line properties section


!se the Line #roperties section on the left side to set the following parameters%

:ine style Q se(eral line styles are a(ailable from the dropDdown list' but more line styles
can be defined if necessary.

Color Q choose from the predefined colors in the drop down list or create a new color. %idth Q specifies the thic*ness of the line. 2ransparency Q sets the transparency of a line. -igure B: shows the effects of different
percentages in transparency le(els to lines when placed o(er an obAect.

<

LibreOffice .! Draw Guide

$igure > : Line transparenc1 effect 68D? 9"D? "8D? >"D left to right7

$rrow st(les section


The )rrow st1les section of the Line dialog is only applicable to indi(idual lines and is not used for lines that form the borders of a shape.

$tyle Q sets the style of the two ends of a line. The left drop down menu is for where you
start the line and the right drop down menu is for where you end the line.

%idth Q specifies the thic*ness of the arrow endings Center Q mo(es the center of the arrow endings to the end point of the line. -igure BC
shows the effects of selecting this option.

$ynchroni1e ends Q ma*es the two line ends identical.

$igure >": Default arrowheads 6left7 and centered arrowheads 6right7

%orner and cap st(les section


Corner and cap styles determine how the connection between two segments loo*s. To appreciate the difference between these styles' choose a thic* line style and obser(e how the pre(iew changes.

Corner style Q select the shape to be used at the corners of the line. ?n case of a small
angle between lines' a mitered shape is replaced with a be(eled shape.

Cap style Q select the style of the line end caps. The caps are added to inner dashes as
well.

$rrow/eads
) >uic* way to set the arrowheads for a selected line is to clic* on the Arrow $tyle icon in the #ine and -illing toolbar to open the )rrowheads menu $-igure B7&. 0ere you can select one of the many predefined arrowhead styles for the start and ending of the selected line.

4hapter

4hanging Ob:ect )ttributes

<"

?ote

)rrowheads are only applicable to lines. They ha(e no effect on the border of an obAect.

$igure ><: )rrowheads menu

:ine shadows
!se the ,hadow page $-igure BB& of the Line dialog to add and format the line shadow. The settings on this page are the same as those for shadows applied to other obAects and are described in O-ormatting shadowsP on page <3. ) >uic*er way to apply a shadow to a line is using the $hadow icon on the #ine and -illing toolbar. The main disad(antage of using the $hadow icon is that the shadow appearance will be constrained by the shadow settings of the default graphics style.

$igure >>: Line properties dialog A ,hadow page

<<

LibreOffice .! Draw Guide

:ine styles
!se the Line ,t1les page $-igure B<& of the #ine dialog to create new line styles as well as to load pre(iously sa(ed line styles. ?t is normally better to create new styles when necessary than modify predefined styles.

$igure >*: Line dialog A Line ,t1les page

%reatin! line st(les


To create a new line style% 1& Choose Format 9 :ine on the main menu bar' or rightDclic* on the line and select :ine from the conte.t menu' or select the :ine icon on the #ine and -illing toolbar to open the #ine dialog. Clic* on the :ine $tyles tab. +elect from the :ine style dropDdown menu a style similar to the style you want to create. Clic* Add and type a name for the new line style in the dialog that opens' then clic* &=. ow define the new style. +tart by selecting the line type for the new style. To alternate two line types $for e.ample' dashes and dots& within a single line' select different types in the two 2ype bo.es. +pecify the ?umber and :ength $not a(ailable for dot style& of each of the types of line selected. +et the $pacing between the (arious elements ?f necessary' select Fit to line width so that the new style fits the width of the selected line. The new line style created is a(ailable only in the current document. ?f you want to use the line style in other documents' clic* the $ave :ine $tyles icon and type a uni>ue filename in the ,ave as dialog that opens. +a(ed styles ha(e the file e.tension of .sod. 10& To use pre(iously sa(ed line styles' clic* the :oad :ine $tyles icon and select a style from the list of sa(ed styles. Clic* &pen to load the style into your document. 11& ?f necessary' clic* on the +odify button to change the name of the style. 12& Clic* &= to close the dialog and sa(e any changes you ha(e made.

2& 3& :& C&

7& B& <& =&

4hapter

4hanging Ob:ect )ttributes

<>

Arrow styles
!se the )rrow ,t1les page $-igure B=& of the #ine dialog to create new arrow styles' or modify e.isting arrow styles' or load pre(iously sa(ed arrow styles.

$igure >-: Line dialog A )rrow ,t1les page

$igure *8: +sing shapes for arrow st1les

%reatin! arrow st(les


To create a new arrow style% 1& -irst draw a cur(e in the shape you want to use for the arrowhead' or create a shape and con(ert to a cur(e. The top of the shape must face upward' as shown in -igure <0' because this becomes the point of the arrow.
The arrowhead must be a cur(e' which is something you can draw without lifting a pencil from the paper. -or e.ample' a star can be a cur(e' but a smiley face cannot be a cur(e because you ha(e to reposition the pencil on the paper to draw eyes and a mouth on the face.

?ote

2& +elect the shape and' if necessary' rightDclic* and choose Convert 9 2o Curve to con(ert the shape to a cur(e. ?f the shape is already a cur(e' 2o Curve will not be a(ailable. 3& 1ith the selection handles showing' select Format 9 :ine from the menu bar' or rightDclic* and choose :ine from the popDup menu. :& Go to the )rrow st1les page' clic* the Add button' type a name for the new arrow style' and clic* &=. The new arrowhead style will be shown in the pre(iew.

<*

LibreOffice .! Draw Guide

C&

ow you can access the new style from the )rrow style list. 1hen you select the name of the new style' it is shown at the bottom of the dialog. 7& The new arrowhead style created is a(ailable only in the current document. ?f you want to use this arrowhead style in other documents' clic* the $ave :ine $tyles icon and type a uni>ue filename in the ,ave as dialog that opens. +a(ed styles ha(e the file e.tension of .sod. B& To use pre(iously sa(ed arrowhead styles' clic* the :oad :ine $tyles icon and select the style from the sa(ed list of styles. Clic* &pen to load the style into your document. <& ?f necessary. clic* on the +odify button to change the name of the style. =& Clic* &= to close the dialog and sa(e any changes you ha(e made.

Formatting fill area


The term area fill refers to the inside of an obAect' which can be a uniform color' gradient' hatching pattern' or bitmap as shown in -igure <1. )n area fill can be made partly or wholly transparent and can throw a shadow.

$igure *!: Different t1pes of area fill The #ine and -illing toolbar has the maAority of the tools normally used to format graphic obAects. ?f this toolbar is not showing' go to >iew 9 2oolbars 9 :ine and Filling on the main menu bar. You can also use the )rea dialog' described in O!sing the )rea dialogP on page B1. To format the area of an obAect' select it so that the selection handles show. ) wide number of default fillings are readily a(ailable from the #ine and -illing toolbar $-igure <2&. +elect on the )rea +tyle/-illing dropDdown menus the type of fill re>uired $-igure <3& from Ione' 4olor' Gradient' (atching' or @itmap and then select the style of fill to be used. 9nce you ha(e decided on a predefined or custom fill' you can further refine it by adding a shadow or transparency.

$igure *9: 4ommon fill options highlighted

$igure *3: )rea fill t1pes


4hapter 4hanging Ob:ect )ttributes <-

Color area fill


To change the area fill of an obAect to a color $-igure <:&% 1& +elect the obAect you wish to edit. 2& 9n the #ine and -illing toolbar' select Color from the )rea +tyle/-illing drop down list. 3& +elect a color from the dropDdown list.

$igure * : 4olor area fill

;radient area fill


) gradient fill pro(ides a smooth transition from one color to another. The transition pattern may (ary from a simple linear transition to a more comple. radial one. To change the area fill of an obAect to a gradient $-igure <C&% 1& +elect the obAect you wish to edit. 2& 9n the #ine and -illing toolbar' select ;radient from the )rea +tyle/-illing drop down list. 3& +elect a gradient from the dropDdown list.

$igure *": Gradient area fill

8atching area fill


1hen a hatching fill is applied it fills the complete area of the selected obAect. To change the area fill of an obAect to a hatching $-igure <7&% 1& +elect the obAect you wish to edit. 2& 9n the #ine and -illing toolbar' select 8atching from the )rea +tyle/-illing drop down list. 3& +elect a hatching fill from the dropDdown list.

>8

LibreOffice .! Draw Guide

$igure *<: (atching area fill

#itmap image area fill


You can fill an obAect only with a bitmap image but not a (ector graphic image. To change the area fill of an obAect to a bitmap image $-igure <B&% 1& +elect the obAect you wish to edit. 2& 9n the #ine and -illing toolbar' select #itmap from the drop down list. 3& +elect a bitmap fill from the dropDdown list.

$igure *>: @itmap image area fill

@sing the Area dialog


?n addition to using the #ine and -illing toolbar' you can use the )rea dialog to apply e.isting area fills with greater control or create your own area fill. 1& +elect the obAect you wish to edit. 2& Go to Format 9 Area on the main menu bar' or clic* on the )rea icon on the #ine and -illing toolbar' or rightDclic* on the obAect and select Area to open the )rea dialog. 3& Clic* on the )rea tab to open the )rea page and to apply an area fill. #ibre9ffice includes se(eral area fills already defined' but you can create area fills yourself. +ee OCreating new area fillsP on page B3 for more information. :& +elect the type of area fill from the dropDdown list% Ione' 4olor' Gradient' (atching' or @itmap. Types of area fill are e.plained below. C& +elect the style of area fill from the options that become a(ailable. The number of a(ailable options will depend on the type of area fill selected abo(e. 7& Clic* &= to close the dialog and sa(e your changes. The area fill will then appear in your selected obAect.

4hapter

4hanging Ob:ect )ttributes

>!

"(pes of area fill Color fills Q select Color from the $ill drop down list and then select your re>uired color
from the list of a(ailable colors $-igure <<&. ) pre(iew of the selected color appears at the bottom of the dialog.

$igure **: )rea color dialog

;radient fills Q select ;radient from the drop down list and then select your re>uired
gradient from the list of a(ailable gradients $-igure <=&. You can o(erride the number of steps $increments& that should be applied to the gradient transition. To do so' deselect the Automatic option under /ncrements and then enter the number of steps re>uired in the bo. to the right. ) pre(iew of the selected gradient appears at the bottom of the dialog.

$igure *-: )rea gradient dialog

8atching fills Q select 8atching from the drop down list and then select your re>uired
hatching from the list of a(ailable hatchings $-igure =0&. You can apply a different bac*ground color by selecting the #ackground color option and choosing a color from the drop down list. ) pre(iew of the selected hatching appears at the bottom of the dialog.

$igure -8: )rea hatching dialog

#itmap fills Q select #itmaps from the drop down list and then select your re>uired bitmap
from the list of a(ailable bitmaps $-igure =1&. You can customi4e a large number of parameters. ) pre(iew of the selected bitmap appears at the bottom of the dialog.

>9

LibreOffice .! Draw Guide

$igure -!: )rea bitmap dialog

Creating new area fills


The following sections describe how to create new fills and how to apply them. )lthough you can change the characteristics of an e.isting fill and then clic* the +odify button' it is recommended that you create new fills' or modify custom fills rather than the predefined ones' as these may be reset when updating #ibre9ffice.

Creating custom colors


9n the 4olors page $-igure =2&' you can modify e.isting colors or create your own. You can also specify a new color either as a combination of the three primary colors 5ed' Green' and 8lue' $5G8 notation& or by percentages of Cyan' ,agenta' Yellow' and 8lac* $C,YL notation&.

%reatin! new color


1& +elect the obAect you wish to edit. 2& Go to Format 9 Area on the main menu bar' or clic* on the )rea icon on the #ine and -illing toolbar' or rightDclic* on the obAect and select Area to open the )rea dialog. 3& Clic* on the 4olors tab to open the Colors page. :& 3nter a name for the new color in the Iame bo.. C& +elect whether to define the color in 5G8 or C,YL. -or 5G8' specify the red $5&' green $G& and blue $8& component on a 0 to 2CC scale. -or C,YL' specify the cyan $C&' magenta $,&' yellow $Y& and blac* $L& components from 0N to 100N. 7& Clic* the Add button. The color is now added to the 4olor drop down list. B& Clic* &= to sa(e your changes and close the dialog.
4hapter 4hanging Ob:ect )ttributes >3

$igure -9: 4reating a new color

Modif(in! colors
1& +elect the obAect you wish to edit. 2& Go to Format 9 Area on the main menu bar' or clic* on the )rea icon on the #ine and -illing toolbar' or rightDclic* on the obAect and select Area to open the )rea dialog. 3& Clic* on the 4olors tab to open the Colors page. :& +elect the color to modify from the list. C& 3nter the new (alues that define the color in 5G8 or C,YL. 7& ,odify the name as re>uired. B& Clic* +odify to sa(e your changes. <& Clic* &= to close the dialog.

Editin! colors
1& +elect the obAect you wish to edit. 2& Go to Format 9 Area on the main menu bar' or clic* on the )rea icon on the #ine and -illing toolbar' or rightDclic* on the obAect and select Area to open the )rea dialog. 3& Clic* on the 4olors tab to open the Colors page. :& +elect the color to edit from the list. C& Clic* on the -dit button to open the Color "ic*er dialog $-igure =3&. 7& ,odify the color components as re>uired using 5G8' C,YL or 0+8 $0ue' +aturation' 8rightness&. B& Clic* &= to e.it the Color "ic*er dialog. <& ,odify the name as re>uired.
> LibreOffice .! Draw Guide

$igure -3: &diting a color =& Clic* +odify on the Color dialog to sa(e your changes. 10& Clic* &= to close the dialog.

avin! and usin! new colors


)ny new color created is a(ailable only in the current document. ?f you want to use this color in other documents' clic* the $ave Color :ist icon and type a uni>ue filename in the $ave as dialog that opens. The sa(ed colors list has the file e.tension of .soc. To use a pre(iously sa(ed color list' clic* the :oad Color :ist icon open dialog. Clic* &pen to load the sa(ed color list into @raw. and select from the file

2ip

You can also add custom colors using 2ools 9 &ptions 9 :ibre&ffice 9 Colors. This method ma*es the color a(ailable to all components of #ibre9ffice.

Creating custom gradients


To create a new gradient or to modify an e.isting one' select the Gradients tab from the )rea dialog $-igure =:&. +e(eral types of gradients are predefined and in most cases changing the $rom and %o colors will be sufficient to obtain the desired result. ?t is highly recommended that you create a new gradient e(en if you Aust want to change the two colors' rather than modifying the predefined ones' which should only be used as starting points.

4hapter

4hanging Ob:ect )ttributes

>"

$igure - : 4reating a new gradient

%reatin! new !radients


1& +elect the obAect you wish to edit. 2& Go to Format 9 Area on the main menu bar' or clic* on the )rea icon on the #ine and -illing toolbar' or rightDclic* on the obAect and select Area to open the )rea dialog. 3& Clic* on the Gradients tab to open the Gradients page. :& +elect the $rom and %o colors from the drop down lists. C& +elect the type of gradient from the drop down list% Linear' )'ial' 2adial' &llipsoid' ,Buare or 2ectangular. ) pre(iew of the gradient type is shown in the dialog. 7& +et all the properties as desired $(ery often the default (alues will wor* well&. The properties used to create a gradient are summari4ed in Table 2. @epending on the type of gradient selected' some properties may be grayed out. B& Clic* Add to add the newly created gradient to the list. <& Type a name for the new gradient in the dialog that opens and clic* &=. =& Clic* &= to close the dialog. %able 9: Gradient properties 'ropert(
Center H Center Y )ngle

Meanin!
-or 5adial' 3llipsoid' +>uare and 5ectangular gradients' modify these (alues to set the hori4ontal offset of the gradient center. -or 5adial' 3llipsoid' +>uare and 5ectangular gradients' modify these (alues to set the (ertical offset of the gradient center. -or all the gradient types' specifies the angle of the gradient a.is.

><

LibreOffice .! Draw Guide

'ropert(
8order -rom To

Meanin!
?ncrease this (alue to ma*e the gradient start further away from the border of the shape. The start color for the gradient. ?n the edit bo. below enter the intensity of the color% 0N corresponds to blac*' 100N to the full color. The end color for the gradient. ?n the edit bo. below enter the intensity of the color% 0N corresponds to blac*' 100N to the full color.

Modif(in! !radients
1& +elect the obAect you wish to edit. 2& Go to Format 9 Area on the main menu bar' or clic* on the )rea icon on the #ine and -illing toolbar' or rightDclic* on the obAect and select Area to open the )rea dialog. 3& Clic* on the Gradients tab to open the Gradients page. :& +elect the gradient to modify from the list. C& 3nter the new (alues for the properties that become a(ailable for change. +ee Table 2 for more information on gradient properties. 7& Clic* +odify to sa(e your changes. B& Clic* &= to close the dialog.

avin! and usin! new !radients


The new gradient created is a(ailable only in the current document. ?f you want to use this gradient in other documents' clic* the $ave ;radients :ist icon and type a uni>ue filename in the $ave as dialog that opens. The sa(ed gradients list has the file e.tension of .sog. To use a pre(iously sa(ed gradients list' clic* the :oad ;radients :ist icon the file open dialog. Clic* &pen to load the sa(ed gradients list into @raw. and select from

$dvanced !radient controls


)s discussed in OCreating custom gradientsP on page BC' gradient properties can be configured using the properties gi(en in the dialogs shown in -igure =: and Table 2. 0owe(er' #ibre9ffice pro(ides ad(anced controls for gradients as follows. 1& +elect the obAect you wish to edit. 2& Go to Format 9 Area on the main menu bar' or clic* on the )rea icon on the #ine and -illing toolbar' or rightDclic* on the obAect and select Area to open the )rea dialog. 3& Clic* on the Gradients tab to open the Gradients page $-igure =:&. :& +elect the type of gradient you want to use for your obAect from the %1pe drop down list. "roperties you can adAust will depend on the gradient type you ha(e selected and these are e.plained below. C& Go to >iew 9 2oolbars 9 +ode on the main menu bar' clic* on the -ffects icon #ine and -illing toolbar to open the ,ode toolbar. on the

7& Clic* on the ;radient icon in the +ode toolbar $-igure =C&. This displays a dashed line connecting two colored s>uares. The colors show the $rom and %o colors that are used for the selected gradient $-igure =7&.

4hapter

4hanging Ob:ect )ttributes

>>

$igure -": Eode toolbar

$igure -<: $rom 2ed

to Gellow ! gradient

B& -or linear gradients Q mo(e the s>uare corresponding to the $rom color to change where the gradient starts $border (alue&. ,o(e the s>uare corresponding to the %o color to change the orientation $angle (alue&. <& -or a3ial gradients Q mo(e the %o color to change both the angle and border properties of the gradient. 9nly the s>uare corresponding to the %o color can be mo(ed. =& -or radial gradients Q mo(e the $rom color to modify the border property to set the width of the gradient circle. ,o(e the %o color to change the point where the gradient ends $Center H and Center Y (alues&. 10& -or ellipsoid gradients Q mo(e the $rom color to modify the border property to set the si4e of the gradient ellipsoid. ,o(e the %o color to change the angle of the ellipsoid a.is and the a.is itself. 11& -or s6uare and rectangular gradients Q mo(e the $rom color to modify the border to set the si4e of the gradient s>uare or rectangle and the angle of the gradient shape. ,o(e the %o color to change the center of the gradient. 12& Clic* &= to sa(e your changes and close the )rea dialog.

?ote

,o(ing the s>uares will ha(e different effects depending on the type of gradient. -or e.ample' for a linear gradient' the start and end s>uares of the gradient will always be situated to either side of the center point of the obAect.

Creating custom hatching patterns


To create new hatching patterns or modify e.isting ones' select the (atching tab of the )rea dialog $-igure =B&. )s with gradients and colors' it is better to create a new hatching pattern rather than modify a predefined one. The properties that can be set for a hatching pattern are shown in Table 3.

>*

LibreOffice .! Draw Guide

$igure ->: 4reating a new hatching pattern %able 3: (atching pattern properties 'ropert(
+pacing )ngle

Meanin!
@etermines the spacing between two lines of the pattern. )s the (alue is changed the pre(iew window is updated. !se the mini map below the numerical (alue to >uic*ly set the angle formed by the line to multiples of :C degrees. ?f the re>uired angle is not a multiple of :C degrees' Aust enter the desired (alue in the edit bo.. +et single' double or triple line for the style of the pattern. !se the list to select the color of the lines that will form the pattern.

#ine type #ine color

%reatin! new /atc/in! patterns


1& +elect the obAect you wish to edit. 2& Go to Format 9 Area on the main menu bar' or clic* on the )rea icon on the #ine and -illing toolbar' or rightDclic* on the obAect and select Area to open the )rea dialog. 3& Clic* on the (atching tab to open the 0atching page. :& +elect as a starting point a pattern similar to the one that will be created. C& ,odify the properties of the lines forming the pattern. ) pre(iew is displayed in the window below the a(ailable patterns. ,ore information on hatching properties is shown Table 3. 7& Clic* Add and type a name for the new gradient in the dialog that opens' then clic* &=. B& Clic* &= to close the dialog.

4hapter

4hanging Ob:ect )ttributes

>-

Modif(in! /atc/in! patterns


1& +elect the obAect you wish to edit. 2& Go to Format 9 Area on the main menu bar' or clic* on the )rea icon on the #ine and -illing toolbar' or rightDclic* on the obAect and select Area to open the )rea dialog. 3& Clic* on the (atching tab to open the 0atching page. :& +elect the hatching pattern to modify from the list. C& 3nter the new (alues for the properties that become a(ailable for change. +ee Table 3 for more information on gradient properties. 7& Clic* +odify to sa(e your changes. B& Clic* &= to close the dialog.

avin! and usin! new /atc/in! patterns


The new hatching pattern created is a(ailable only in the current document. ?f you want to use this hatching pattern in other documents' clic* the $ave 8atches :ist icon and type a uni>ue filename in the $ave as dialog that opens. The sa(ed hatches list has the file e.tension of .soh. To use a pre(iously sa(ed hatches list' clic* the :oad 8atches :ist icon file open dialog. Clic* &pen to load the sa(ed hatches list into @raw. and select from the

$igure -*: )dvanced formatting for bitmap fill

%orking with bitmap fills


1& +elect the obAect you wish to edit. 2& Go to Format 9 Area on the main menu bar' or clic* on the )rea icon on the #ine and -illing toolbar' or rightDclic* on the obAect and select Area to open the )rea dialog. 3& Clic* on the )rea tab to open the )rea page. :& +elect @itmap from the $ill drop down list $-igure =<&.

*8

LibreOffice .! Draw Guide

C& +elect from the list of bitmaps the one to be used to fill the area. ote that any imported bitmaps will become a(ailable in the list. 7& +et the si4e' position and offset parameters $as applicable&. +ee Table : for more information on bitmap properties. The best way to ac>uire understanding of these parameters is to use them. -igure == shows some e.amples of bitmap fills and the parameters used. B& Clic* &= to close the dialog.

$igure --: &'amples of bitmap fill %able : @itmap fill properties 'ropert(
+i4e Q 9riginal +i4e Q 5elati(e +i4e Q 1idth

Meanin!
+elect this bo. to retain the original si4e of the bitmap. To rescale the obAect' deselect 9riginal and select 5elati(e. The 1idth and 0eight edit bo.es are enabled. 1hen 5elati(e is selected 100N means that the bitmap original width will be resi4ed to occupy the whole fill area width' C0N means that the width of the bitmap will be half that of the fill area. 1hen 5elati(e is selected 100N means that the bitmap original height will be resi4ed to occupy the whole fill area height' C0N means that the height of the bitmap will be half that of the fill area. +elect from the map the place within the area to which the bitmap should be anchored. 1hen this option is selected' the bitmap will be tiled to fill the area. The si4e of the bitmap used for the tiling is determined by the +i4e settings. 1hen Tile is enabled' enter in this bo. the offset for the width of the bitmap in percentage (alues. C0N offset means that @raw will place the middle part of the bitmap at the anchor point and start tiling from there. This will ha(e a similar effect to the H offset' but will wor* on the height of the bitmap.

+i4e Q 0eight

"osition Q )nchor ,ap "osition Q Tile "osition Q H offset

"osition Q Y offset

4hapter

4hanging Ob:ect )ttributes

*!

'ropert(
"osition Q )utofit 9ffset Q 5ow 9ffset Q Column

Meanin!
+tretches the bitmap to fill the whole area. +electing this option disables all the si4e settings. ?f Tile is enabled' offsets the rows of tiled bitmaps by the percentage entered in the bo. so that two subse>uent rows are not aligned. ?f Tile is enabled' offsets the columns of tiled bitmaps by the percentage entered in the bo. so that two subse>uent columns of bitmaps are not aligned.

Creating and importing bitmaps


You can add $import& new bitmap fills or create your own pattern on an <.< grid using the @itmaps tab of the )rea dialog $-igure 100&.

$igure !88: 4reating a new bitmap

%reatin! bit#ap fills


1& +elect the obAect you wish to edit. 2& Go to Format 9 Area on the main menu bar' or clic* on the )rea icon on the #ine and -illing toolbar' or rightDclic* on the obAect and select Area to open the )rea dialog. 3& Clic* on the @itmap tab to open the 8itmap page. :& +elect #lank as the bitmap type to acti(ate the Pattern -ditor. C& +elect the Foreground and #ackground colors. 7& +tart creating the pattern by clic*ing with the left mouse button the s>uares $pi.els& that you want in the foreground color. !se the right mouse button to apply the bac*ground color. Chec* the pre(iew window to see if the desired effect is achie(ed.
*9 LibreOffice .! Draw Guide

B& Clic* Add to sa(e the pattern and type a name for the new gradient in the dialog that opens' then clic* &=. <& Clic* &= to close the dialog.
You only modify bitmaps that you ha(e created in #ibre9ffice. The bitmaps supplied with #ibre9ffice or imported bitmaps cannot be changed or modified using #ibre9ffice.

?ote

Modif(in! bit#aps
1& +elect the obAect you wish to edit. 2& Go to Format 9 Area on the main menu bar' or clic* on the )rea icon on the #ine and -illing toolbar' or rightDclic* on the obAect and select Area to open the )rea dialog. 3& Clic* on the @itmap tab to open the 8itmap page. :& +elect a bitmap that you ha(e created from the list. C& ,a*e the changes to your bitmap using the Pattern -ditor and the color drop down lists. 7& Clic* +odify to sa(e your changes. B& ?f necessary' type a new name in the dialog that opens and clic* &=. <& Clic* &= to close the dialog.

0#portin! bit#aps
To import a bitmap created in another program% 1& Clic* Import and a file browser dialog opens. 2& 8rowse to the directory containing the bitmap file and select it' then clic* &pen. 3& Type a name for the imported bitmap and clic* &=.

avin! and usin! new bit#aps


The new bitmap created is a(ailable only in the current document. ?f you want to use this bitmap in other documents' clic* the $ave #itmap :ist icon and type a uni>ue filename in the $ave as dialog that opens. The sa(ed bitmap list has the file e.tension of .sob. To use a pre(iously sa(ed bitmap list' clic* the :oad #itmap :ist icon open dialog. Clic* &pen to load the sa(ed bitmap list into @raw. and select from the file

Formatting shadows
+hadowing can be applied to lines' shapes and te.t. To >uic*ly apply a shadow to a line or shape only' first select the obAect and then clic* on the $hadow icon in the #ine and -illing toolbar. The shadow applied using this method cannot be customi4ed and is set to default settings. -or a more control when adding shadows to an obAect' you ha(e to use the +hadow page on the )rea dialog $-igure 101& as follows% 1& +elect the obAect you wish to edit. 2& Go to Format 9 Area on the main menu bar' or clic* on the )rea icon on the #ine and -illing toolbar' or rightDclic* on the obAect and select Area to open the )rea dialog.
4hapter 4hanging Ob:ect )ttributes *3

$igure !8!: )rea dialog A ,hadow page 3& :& C& 7& Clic* on the ,hadow tab to open the +hadow page. +elect @se shadow and the shadow options become acti(e. ?n Position select the direction in which the shadow is cast. ?n istance enter a distance in the te.t bo. to set spacing between the obAect and the shadow. B& ?n Color select a color form the drop down list to determine the color of the shadow. <& ?n 2ransparency enter a percentage in the te.t bo. to determine the amount of transparency for the shadow. =& Clic* &= to sa(e your changes and close the dialog.

2ransparency formatting
Transparency is applicable to obAects as well as shadows. To apply transparency to lines' refer to O-ormatting linesP on page 73J for shadows' refer to O-ormatting shadowsP on page <3. To apply transparency to obAects using the Transparency page on the )rea dialog $-igure 102&% 1& +elect the obAect you wish to edit. 2& Go to Format 9 Area on the main menu bar' or clic* on the )rea icon on the #ine and -illing toolbar' or rightDclic* on the obAect and select Area to open the )rea dialog. 3& Clic* on the %ransparenc1 tab to open the Transparency page. :& To create a uniform transparency' select 2ransparency and enter a percentage in the te.t bo.. C& To create a gradient transparency $so that the area becomes gradually transparent& select ;radient and select the type of gradient transparency from the drop down list% Linear' )'ial' 2adial' &llipsoid' Juadratic or ,Buare. 7& +et the parameters for the type of the gradient transparency you selected abo(e. 5efer to Table C for a description of the properties. The a(ailable parameters will depend on the type of gradient transparency selected abo(e. B& Clic* &= to sa(e your changes and close the dialog.

LibreOffice .! Draw Guide

$igure !89: )rea dialog A %ransparenc1 page

%able ": Gradient transparenc1 properties


'ropert(
Center H Center Y )ngle 8order +tart (alue 3nd (alue

Meanin!
-or 5adial' 3llipsoid' Fuadratic and +>uare gradients' modify these (alues to set the hori4ontal offset of the gradient center. -or 5adial' 3llipsoid' Fuadratic and +>uare gradients' modify these (alues to set the (ertical offset of the gradient center. -or #inear' ).ial' 3llipsoid' Fuadratic and +>uare gradient' specifies the angle of the gradient a.is. ?ncrease this (alue to ma*e the gradient start further away from the border of the obAect. Malue for the starting transparency gradient. 0N is fully opa>ue' 100N means fully transparent. Malue for the ending transparency gradient. 0N is fully opa>ue' 100N means fully transparent.

@sing styles
+uppose that you want to apply the same area fill' line thic*ness' and border to a set of obAects. This repetiti(e process can be greatly simplified by the use of styles. +tyles allow you to define a formatting template $a style& and then to apply that style to multiple obAects. -or more information on styles' see the ;riter Guide 4hapter < /ntroduction to ,t1les.

4hapter

4hanging Ob:ect )ttributes

*"

:inked graphics styles


Graphics styles support inheritanceJ that is' a style can be lin*ed to another $parent& style so that it inherits all the formatting settings of the parent. You can use this property to create families of styles. -or e.ample' if you need multiple bo.es that differ in color but are otherwise identically formatted' the best way to proceed is to define a generic style for the bo. including borders' area fill' font' and so on. Then create a number of hierarchically dependent styles which differ only in the fill color attribute. ?f you then need to change the font si4e or the thic*ness of the border' it is sufficient to change the parent style and all the other lin*ed styles will change accordingly.

Creating graphics styles


You can create a new graphics style in two ways%

!sing the +tyle and -ormatting dialog. -rom a selected obAect.

$igure !83: ,t1les and $ormatting dialog

.sin! t(les and For#attin! dialo!


1& Clic* on the $tyles and Formatting icon on the #ine and -illing toolbar or press the $!! *ey to open the +tyles and -ormatting dialog $-igure 103&. 2& Clic* on the Graphics +tyles icon in the top left corner of the +tyles and -ormatting dialog. This will open a list of styles a(ailable for use with graphics. 3& +elect the style you want to use in the +tyles and -ormatting dialog. :& 5ightDclic* and select ?ew to open the Graphics +tyles dialog $-igure 10:&. C& Clic* on the Organi0er tab to the 9rgani4er page. 7& Gi(e your new graphics style a memorable file name. B& !se the (arious pages and a(ailable options in the Graphics +tyles dialog to format and categori4e your new style. <& Clic* &= when finished to sa(e your new graphics style and close the dialog.

*<

LibreOffice .! Draw Guide

$igure !8 : Graphics ,t1les dialog A Organi0er page The Graphics +tyles dialog consists of se(eral pages that may be grouped as follows%

Organi0er Q contains a summary of the style and its hierarchical position. $ont' $ont &ffects' /ndents C ,pacing' )lignment' %abs and )sian %1pograph1 Q set the
properties of the te.t inserted in a te.t bo. or in a graphic obAect.

Dimensioning Q used to set the style of dimension lines. %e't' %e't )nimation' 4onnector' Line' )rea' ,hadowing' and %ransparenc1 Q determine
the formatting of a graphic obAect.
1hen styles are lin*ed' changing a color for e.ample will change the color in all lin*ed styles. +ometimes this is e.actly what you wantJ at other times you do not want the changes to apply to all lin*ed styles. ?t pays to plan ahead.

?ote

.sin! a selected ob,ect


You can create a new style from an obAect that has already been formatted. This can be te.t or graphics% 1& +elect the obAect you want to use to create your new style. 2& 9pen the +tyles and -ormatting dialog and clic* the ?ew $tyle from $election icon . 3& ?n the Create +tyle dialog that opens' type a name for the new style. This dialog also shows e.isting custom styles of that are a(ailable. :& Clic* &= to sa(e the new style.

+odifying a graphics style


To modify an e.isting style% 1& 5ightDclic* on the style in the +tyles and -ormatting dialog. 2& +elect +odify from the conte.t menu to open the Graphic styles dialog and is the same dialog used when creating a new graphics style $-igure 10:&. 3& ,a*e the re>uired changes to the style. :& Clic* &= to sa(e your changes and close the dialog.

@pdating from a selection


To update a style from a select obAect% 1& +elect an obAect that uses the format you want to adopt as a style. 2& ?n the +tyles and -ormatting dialog' select the style you want to update and then clic* the @pdate $tyle icon
4hapter

.
*>

4hanging Ob:ect )ttributes

Applying graphics styles


You can apply a graphics style using the +tyles and -ormatting dialog. -irst ma*e sure that the graphics styles are shown $-igure 103&' then do one of the following%

+elect the obAect to which you want to apply a graphics style and doubleDclic* on the name
of the style you want to apply.

Clic* the Fill Format mode icon

' position the cursor on the obAect to be styled and clic* the mouse button. This mode remains acti(e until you turn it off' so you can apply the same style to se(eral obAects. To >uit -ill -ormat mode' clic* the Fill Format mode icon again or press the &sc *ey. -ill -ormat action. 8e careful not to accidentally rightDclic* and thus undo actions you want to *eep.

1hen -ill -ormat mode is acti(e' a rightDclic* anywhere in the document cancels the last

2ip

)t the bottom of the +tyles and -ormatting window is a dropDdown list. You can choose to show all styles or groups of styles such as applied styles or custom styles.

eleting graphics styles


You cannot delete any of the predefined styles in #ibre9ffice' e(en if you are not using them. You can only delete userDdefined $custom& styles. 0owe(er' before you delete a custom style' ma*e sure the style is not in use. ?f an unwanted style is in use' replace it with a substitute style. To delete custom styles' rightDclic* on a style in the +tyles and -ormatting dialog and clic* elete on the conte.t menu. Clic* Ces in the confirmation bo. that opens and the style is deleted.

Applying special effects


)s well as the basic actions of mo(ing and resi4ing an obAect' a number of special effects can also be applied to obAects in @raw. +e(eral of these effects are readily a(ailable in the ,ode toolbar $-igure 10C&. ?f the ,ode toolbar is not showing' select it from >iew 9 2oolbars 9 +ode. This section describes how to rotate' flip' or distort an obAect' and two ways of setting an obAect in a circle. The tools are described in the following sections with the e.ception of the 3@ rotation tool' which is described in 4hapter > ;or3ing with 3D Ob:ects.

$igure !8": Eode toolbar and available tools

**

LibreOffice .! Draw Guide

$igure !8<: Ob:ect selected for rotation

Aotating graphic ob'ects


5otation of an obAect can be carried out manually or using a dedicated dialog' Aust li*e changing obAect position and si4e.

Manual rotation
1& Clic* on an obAect and the selection handles will show. 2& Clic* the Aotate icon in the #ine and -illing or ,ode toolbars. The selection handles change shape and color $-igure 107&. 3& ?f necessary' clic* and drag the pi(ot point for rotation to change the way an obAect is rotated. The pi(ot point is a circle and appears' by default' in the middle of the selected obAect. ormally the center of an obAect will be Aust fine' but on some occasions you may wish to rotate around a corner or e(en around a point outside the obAect. :& ,o(e the mouse o(er one of the corner handles and the cursor changes shape. C& Clic* the mouse and mo(e in the direction in which you want to rotate the obAect. 9nly the corner selection handles are acti(e for rotation. 7& To restrict the rotation angles to multiples of 1C degrees' press and hold the ,hift *ey while rotating the obAect. This is (ery handy for rotating obAects through a right angle' for e.ample from portrait to landscape. B& 1hen satisfied release the mouse button.

.sin! t/e -otation dialo!


?nstead of rotating a graphic obAect manually' you can use the 5otation dialog $-igure 10B& for more precise control when rotating an obAect. 1& +elect the obAect so that the selection handles are displayed. 2& "ress $ *ey' or select Format 9 Position and $i1e on the main menu bar' or rightDclic* on the obAect and select "osition and +i4e from the conte.t menu to the "osition and +i4e dialog. 3& Clic* on the 2otation tab to open the 5otation page. :& ?n the Pivot point section' enter a figure in Position G and/or Position C bo.es to reposition the pi(ot point relati(e to the top left corner of the drawing' or select a position for the pi(ot point in efault settings. The default position for the pi(ot point is the center of the obAect.
4hapter 4hanging Ob:ect )ttributes *-

$igure !8>: #osition and ,i0e dialog A 2otation page C& ?n the Aotation angle section' enter an angle in the Angle bo. by which to rotate the obAect' or clic* and drag the Aotation Angle indicator in efault settings until you reach the re>uired angle. )s you clic* and drag' the angle is shown in the Angle bo.. 7& Clic* &= to sa(e your changes and close the dialog.

Flipping ob'ects
1uic2 flippin!
The >uic*est and easiest method to flip an obAect hori4ontally or (ertically is as follows% 1& +elect an obAect and the selection handles will be displayed. 2& Go to +odify 9 Flip and select 8ori1ontally or >ertically on the main menu bar' or rightD clic* and select Flip 9 8ori1ontally or Flip 9 >ertically from the conte.t menu and the selected obAect will be flipped to face the other direction.

.sin! t/e Flip tool


The Flip tool on the ,ode or #ine and -illing toolbars can also be used to flip an obAect. !sing this tool' you can also change the position and angle that the obAect flips o(er $-igure 10<&. 1& +elect an obAect and the selection handles will be displayed. 2& Clic* on the Flip icon and the a'is of s1mmetr1 appears as a dashed line through the middle of the obAect. The obAect will be flipped about this a.is of symmetry. 3& Clic* and drag one or both ends of the a.is of symmetry to set the orientation of the a.is. :& "lace the cursor o(er one of the obAect selection handles until it changes shape. C& Clic* and drag the obAect across to the other side of the a.is of symmetry until the obAect will appears flipped o(er. The angle and position of the flip will depend on the angle and position of the a.is of symmetry. 7& 5elease the mouse button and your obAect is flipped.

-8

LibreOffice .! Draw Guide

$igure !8*: +sing the $lip tool

?ote

?f you press the ,hift *ey while mo(ing the a.is of symmetry' it will rotate in :C degree increments.

+irror copies
)t the moment there is no mirror command e.isting in @raw. 0owe(er' mirroring an obAect can be emulated by using the Flip tool as follows% 1& 2& 3& :& C& +elect the obAect you want to ma*e a mirror copy of and copy the obAect to the clipboard. +elect the Flip tool on the ,ode or #ine and -illing toolbars. ,o(e the a.is of symmetry to the desired location of the mirror a.is' then flip the obAect. Clic* on an empty area of the page to deselect the obAect. "aste from the clipboard to put a copy of the obAect bac* into its original location and now you ha(e a mirror copy. 7& ?f necessary' select both obAects and realign them by going to +odify9Alignment on the main menu bar' or rightDclic* and select Alignment from the conte.t menu and then select the type of alignment.

istorting images
Three tools on the ,ode toolbar let you drag the corners and edges of an obAect to distort the image.

istort

distorts an obAect in perspecti(e. creates a pseudo threeDdimensional effect. creates a pseudo threeDdimensional effect.
-!

$et to Circle HslantI

$et in Circle HperspectiveI


4hapter 4hanging Ob:ect )ttributes

?n all three cases you are initially as*ed if you want to transform the obAect to a cur(e. This is a necessary first step' so clic* Ces. Then you can mo(e the obAect handles to produce the desired effect. The results of using these tools are shown in the following figures.

Distortin!
+elect an obAect and clic* on the istort icon on the ,ode toolbar. )fter con(erting to a cur(e as re>uested' mo(e the handles to stretch the obAect. The corner handles distort the corners' the (ertical midpoint handles distort the figure hori4ontally and the hori4ontal ones distort it (ertically $-igure 10=&.

$igure !8-: Distorting an image

$igure !!8: ,etting an image to a circle with perspective

ettin! in circle 3perspective4


+elect an obAect and clic* on the $et in Circle HperspectiveI icon in the ,ode toolbar. )fter con(erting to a cur(e' mo(e the obAect handles to gi(e a pseudo threeDdimensional perspecti(e& $-igure 110&.

-9

LibreOffice .! Draw Guide

ettin! to circle 3slant4


+elect an obAect and clic* on the $et to Circle HslantI icon in the mode toolbar. )fter con(erting to a cur(e' mo(e the obAect handles to gi(e a pseudo threeDdimensional slant perspecti(e $-igure 111&.

$igure !!!: ,etting an image to a circle with slant


Transforming an obAect into a cur(e is a safe operation' but it cannot be re(ersed other than by clic*ing the @ndo button.

?ote

ynamic gradients
You can control transparency gradients in the same manner as color gradients and both types of gradient can be used together. 1ith a transparency gradient' the direction and degree of obAect fill color changes from opa>ue to transparent. ?n a color gradient' the fill changes from one color to another' but the degree of transparency remains the same. Two icons are present on the ,ode toolbar to dynamically control transparency and color gradients. 3(en if you ha(e not assigned transparency to an obAect with a color fill' you can control the transparency by clic*ing on the 2ransparency icon . This defines a transparency gradient and a dashed line connecting two s>uares appears on the obAect. ,o(e the two s>uares to modify the gradient. You can define the direction of the gradient $(ertical' hori4ontal' or at any angle& and the spot at which the transparency begins. ) regular color gradient is defined in the same manner. +elect an obAect' then select a gradient fill from the Gradients page of the )rea dialog $-igure =: on page B7&. The ;radient icon is now acti(e on the ,ode toolbar. 1hen you clic* on the gradient icon' a dashed line connecting two s>uares appears on the obAect' Aust as it does for a transparency gradient. ?n both transparency gradient and gradient fill' clic* outside the obAect to set the gradient.
,o(ing the s>uares will ha(e different effects' depending on the type of gradient. -or e.ample' for a linear gradient' the start and end s>uares of the gradient will always be situated to either side of the center point of the obAect.

?ote

4hapter

4hanging Ob:ect )ttributes

-3

Exa#ple 1
) single color obAect and a transparency gradient' co(ering part of the underlying obAect. The gradient can be dynamically adAustedJ the direction of transparency by mo(ing the white s>uare or the distance o(er which it is applied by mo(ing the blac* s>uare $-igure 112&.

$igure !!9: &'ample ! of a d1namic gradient

Exa#ple 5
)n obAect with a color gradient' completely co(ering another obAect. The gradient is adAusted dynamically by mo(ing the s>uares Q the color of the s>uare relating to the increase or decrease in that color $-igure 113&.

$igure !!3: &'ample 9 of a d1namic gradient

Exa#ple 6
)n obAect with both color and transparency gradients' partly co(ering the underlying obAect $-igure 11:&.

$igure !! : &'ample 3 of a d1namic gradient

LibreOffice .! Draw Guide

4hapter " 4ombining Eultiple Ob:ects


Grouping? 4ombining? Eerging? and #ositioning

;rouping ob'ects
Grouping of obAects is similar to putting obAects into a container. You can mo(e the obAects as a group and apply global changes to the obAects within the group. ) group can always be undone and the obAects that ma*e up the group can always be manipulated separately.

2emporary grouping
) temporary grouping is when se(eral obAects are selected. )ny changes to obAect parameters that you carry out are applied to all of the obAects within the temporary group. -or e.ample' you can rotate a temporary group of obAects in its entirety. To cancel a temporary grouping of obAects' simply clic* outside of the selection handles displayed around the obAects.

;rouping
To group obAects together permanently% 1& +elect the obAects by clic*ing on each obAect in turn while holding down the ,hift *ey' or use the $elect icon on the @rawing toolbar and draw a selection rectangle around the obAects using the cursor. +election handles will then appear around all the obAects within the group $-igure 11C&. 2& 5ightDclic* on the group and select ;roup from the conte.t menu' or go to +odify 9 ;roup on the main menu bar' or use the *eyboard shortcut 4ontrol5,hift5G. 1hen obAects are grouped' any editing operations carried out on that group are applied to all obAects within the group. ?f you clic* on one obAect in the group' the whole group is selected. The obAects within a group also retain their own indi(idual properties and can be edited independently. +ee O3diting indi(idual obAectsP on page =B for more information.

$igure !!": Grouping ob:ects

@ngrouping
To undo or ungroup a group of obAects% 1& +elect the group of obAects which is indicated by selection handles appearing around the group. 2& 5ightDclic* on the group and select @ngroup from the conte.t menu' or go to +odify 9 @ngroup on the main menu bar' or use the *eyboard shortcut 4ontrol5)lt5,hift5G.

-<

LibreOffice .! Draw Guide

-diting individual ob'ects


You can indi(idually edit an obAect within a group without ungrouping the group. 1& 5ightDclic* on the group and select -nter group from the conte.t menu' or go to +odify 9 -nter ;roup on the main menu bar' or press the $3 *ey' or doubleDclic* on the group. 1hen you enter a group' obAects outside the group cannot be selected for editing and appear pale $-igure 117&. 2& 9nce inside the group' clic* on any obAect to indi(idually edit it $-igure 11B&. 3& To lea(e a group' rightDclic* on the group and select -3it group from the conte.t menu' or go to +odify 9 -3it ;roup on the main menu bar' or use the *eyboard combination 4trl5$3 *ey' or doubleDclic* outside the group.

$igure !!<: &ntering groups

$igure !!>: &diting inside a group

?esting groups
You can create a group of groups' which is more commonly *nown as nesting groups. 1hen you create nested groups' @raw retains the indi(idual group hierarchy and remembers the order in which groups were selected. That is' the last indi(idual group selected will be on top of all the other groups within a nested group. !ngrouping and entering a nested group wor*s in e.actly the same way as for indi(idual groups in OGroupingP and O!ngroupingP as abo(e.

Combining ob'ects
Combining obAects is a permanent merging of obAects that creates a new obAect. The original obAects are no longer a(ailable as indi(idual entities and cannot be edited as indi(idual obAects. )ny editing of a combined obAect affects all the obAects that were used when combination was carried out.

4hapter " 4ombining Eultiple Ob:ects

->

Combining
1& +elect the obAects you want to combine. 2& 5ightDclic* on the selection and select Combine from the conte.t menu' or go to +odify 9 Combine on the main menu bar' or use the *eyboard combination 4ontrol5)lt5,hift5H.

$igure !!*: 4ombining ob:ects )t first glance' the results can seem rather surprising' but once you understand the rules go(erning combination in @raw' combining obAects will become clearer.

The attributes $for e.ample' area fill& of the resulting obAect are those of the obAect furthest
bac*. ?n -igure 11<' it is the circle and -igure 11= it is the yellow rectangle.

1here the obAects o(erlap' the o(erlapping 4one is either filled or empty depending on
whether the o(erlap is e(en numbered or odd numbered. -igure 11= +hows that where the o(erlap number is e(en' you get an empty space and where the o(erlap number is odd' you get a filled area.

$igure !!-: )rea fill on overlapping ob:ects


You can reorder obAects so they are further bac* or further forward in the arrangement order. 5ightDclic* on the obAect and select Arrangement from the conte.t menu. +ee also O"ositioning obAectsP on page 10:.

2ip

$plitting a combination
)n obAect which has been combined from se(eral obAects can be split into indi(idual obAects by going to +odify 9 $plit on the main menu bar' or rightDclic*ing on the combined obAect and selecting $plit from the conte.t menu' or using the *eyboard shortcut 4ontrol5)lt5,hift5H. 0owe(er' the original obAects will retain the formatting of the combined obAect and will not re(ert bac* to their original formatting. ?n -igure 120' the left graphic is the original obAect' as shown on the left in -igure 11=. The right graphic is the result of splitting and the indi(idual obAects ha(e ta*en the formatting of the combined obAect' as shown on the right in -igure 11=.

-*

LibreOffice .! Draw Guide

$igure !98: ,plitting a combined ob:ect

#reaking a combined ob'ect


1hen an obAect is combined from se(eral obAects' the combined obAect can be bro*en into its constituent parts by going to +odify 9 #reak on the main menu bar. This means that the original obAects are bro*en into their constituent partsJ for e.ample' a rectangle will be bro*en into four separate lines and the area fill will be lost' as shown by the right graphic in -igure 121. The left graphic in -igure 121 is the original combined obAect.

$igure !9!: @rea3ing a combined ob:ect

Connecting lines
The constituent parts of an obAect can be connected together by selecting all the constituent parts of the obAect and going to +odify 9 Connect on the main menu bar. This connects the parts together and closes the obAect resulting in the area becoming filled with the area fill it had before the obAect was bro*en.

+erging0 subtracting0 or intersecting ob'ects


)fter you ha(e selected more than one obAect' the ,erge' +ubtract' and ?ntersect functions become a(ailable' allowing you to create a new obAect with a new shape. )fter selecting se(eral obAects' go to +odify 9 $hapes on the main menu bar or rightDclic* on the selected obAects and select $hapes from the conte.t menu.

$igure !99: Eerging ob:ects

4hapter " 4ombining Eultiple Ob:ects

--

+erge
1hen you merge obAects' a new obAect is created with a shape that follows the shape of the merged obAects. The area fill of the merged obAect is determined by the area fill of the obAect that is at the rear of all the other obAects' as shown in -igure 122.

$ubtract
1hen you subtract obAects' the obAects at the front are subtracted from the obAect behind. This lea(es a blan* space that the subtracted obAects occupied $-igure 123&.

$igure !93: ,ubtracting ob:ects

Intersect
1hen you intersect obAects' the front obAects and the e.posed area of the obAect at the rear are remo(ed. This creates a new obAect from the area of the obAect at the rear that was co(ered by the obAects at the front $-igure 12:&.

$igure !9 : /ntersecting ob:ects

Practical e3ample
The e.ample in Table 7 shows how you can use the merge' subtract' and intersect functions to create a *nife with a wooden handle. %able <: 4reating a 3nife
@raw an ellipse and then a rectangle o(erlapping half of its width.

!88

LibreOffice .! Draw Guide

+elect both shapes' rightDclic*' and select $hapes 9 $ubtract from the conte.t menu.

@raw another rectangle and put it o(er the top half of the ellipse.

+elect both shapes' rightDclic*' and select $hapes 9 $ubtract from the conte.t menu. @raw a small ellipse co(ering Aust the lower right corner. +elect both shapes' rightDclic*' and select $hapes 9 $ubtract from the conte.t menu. The *nife blade shape is now complete. To ma*e the handle' draw a rectangle and an ellipse. ,erge the shapes together. "osition the handle on the blade. +elect the handle and blade' then group together to create a drawing of the *nife.

uplication and cross fading


uplication
@uplication ma*es copies of an obAect while applying a set of changes $such as color or rotation& to the duplicates.

$igure !9": Duplicate dialog

4hapter " 4ombining Eultiple Ob:ects

!8!

$igure !9<: Duplication e'ample To duplicate an obAect or group of obAects% 1& +elect an obAect or group of obAects. 2& Go to -dit 9 uplicate on the main menu bar or use the *eyboard shortcut ,hift5$3 to open the uplicate dialog $-igure 12C&. 3& +elect the number of copies' placement' enlargement' and the start and end colors for your duplicate copies. :& Clic* &= and your duplicate copies are created. )n e.ample of a duplication is shown in -igure 127. 3ach duplicate obAect is a separate obAect. C& To group the duplicate obAects into one group' see O3rror% 5eference source not foundP on page 3rror% 5eference source not found. 7& To combine the duplicate obAects into one obAect' see OCombining obAectsP on page =B. The uplicate dialog $-igure 12C& has the following options%

?umber of copies Q enter the number of copies you want to ma*e. Placement Q sets the position and rotation of a duplicate obAect with respect to the
selected obAect.

F a'isDD enter the hori4ontal distance between the centers of the selected obAect and the duplicate obAect. "ositi(e (alues shift the duplicate obAect to the right and negati(e (alues shift the duplicate obAect to the left. G a'is Q enter the (ertical distance between the centers of the selected obAect and the duplicate obAect. "ositi(e (alues shift the duplicate obAect down and negati(e (alues shift the duplicate obAect up. )ngle Q enter the angle $0 to 3C= degrees& by which you want to rotate the duplicate obAect. "ositi(e (alues rotate the duplicate obAect in a cloc*wise direction and negati(e (alues in a countercloc*wise direction.

-nlargement Q sets the si4e of a duplicate obAect. ;idth Q enter the amount by which you want to enlarge or reduce the width of the
duplicate obAect.

(eight Q enter the amount by which you want to enlarge or reduce the height of the duplicate obAect.

Colors Q sets the colors for the selected obAect and the duplicate obAect. ?f you ma*e more
than one copy' these colors define the start and end points of a color gradient.

,tart Q choose a color for the selected obAect.

!89

LibreOffice .! Draw Guide

&nd Q choose a color for the duplicate obAect. ?f you are ma*ing more than one copy' this color is applied to the last copy.

Cross5fading
CrossDfading transforms one obAect shape into another obAect shape. The result is a new group of indi(idual obAects that includes the start and end obAects with the intermediate steps show the transformation from one obAect shape to another obAect shape. To crossDfade two obAects% 1& +elect two obAects and go to -dit 9 Cross5fading on the main menu bar to open the Cross5fading dialog $-igure 12B&. 2& +elect the number of increments for the transformation. 3& ?f necessary' select Cross5fade attributes and $ame orientation. :& Clic* &= to perform the crossDfading. )n e.ample of crossDfading is shown in -igure 12<. The obAect created is a group of obAects. C& To ungroup this group of obAects so that you can use the indi(idual obAects' see O!ngroupingP on page =7.

$igure !9>: 4ross-fading dialog

$igure !9*: 4ross-fading e'ample The options a(ailable in the Cross5fading dialog $-igure 12B& are%

Increments Q enter the number of shapes you want between the two selected obAects. Cross5fade attributes Q applies crossDfading to the line and fill properties of the selected
obAects. -or e.ample' if the selected obAects are filled with different colors' a color transition between the two colors is applied.

$ame orientation Q applies a smooth transition between the selected obAects.

4hapter " 4ombining Eultiple Ob:ects

!83

Positioning ob'ects
Arranging ob'ects
1hen you combine' merge' subtract' or intersect obAects' the end result (aries depending on which obAect is at the front and which obAect is at the bac*. 3ach new obAect that you place on a drawing automatically becomes the front obAect and all the other obAects mo(e bac*wards in the positioning order. )rranging obAects allows you to change the order in which obAects are positioned. -irst select one or more obAects' then clic* on the Arrange icon on the #ine and -illing toolbar to open the "osition toolbar $-igure 12=&. The tools on the "osition toolbar are as follows%

#ring to Front Q brings the selected obAect to the front of the group. #ring Forward Q brings the selected obAect forward one step. $end #ackward Q sends the selected obAect one step bac*ward. $end to #ack Q sends the selected obAect to the bac* of the group. In Front of &b'ect Q mo(es the selected obAect in front of another selected obAect. #ehind &b'ect Q mo(es the selected obAect behind another selected obAect. Aeverse Q re(erses the order of the selected obAects. This tool is grayed out if only one obAect is selected.

$igure !9-: #osition toolbar

Aligning ob'ects
To ma*e your drawing loo* more professional' you can align obAects with each other. +elect one or more obAects and clic* on on the #ine and -illing toolbar to open the )lign toolbar $-igure 130&. The tools on the )lign toolbar are as follows%

:eft Q aligns the left edges of the selected obAects. ?f only one obAect is selected' the left
edge of the obAect is aligned to the left page margin.

Centered Q hori4ontally centers the selected obAects. ?f only one obAect is selected' the
center of the obAect is aligned to the hori4ontal center of the page.

Aight Q aligns the right edges of the selected obAects. ?f only one obAect is selected' the
right edge of the obAect is aligned to the right page margin.

2op Q (ertically aligns the top edges of the selected obAects. ?f only one obAect is selected'
the top edge of the obAect is aligned to the upper page margin.

!8

LibreOffice .! Draw Guide

Center Q (ertically centers the selected obAects. ?f only one obAect is selected' the center of
the obAect is aligned to the (ertical center of the page.

#ottom Q (ertically aligns the bottom edges of the selected obAects. ?f only one obAect is
selected' the bottom edge of the obAect is aligned to the lower page margin.

$igure !38: )lign toolbar

$igure !3!: Distribution dialog

istributing ob'ects
@istributing obAects allows you to space three or more obAects e(enly along the hori4ontal a.is or the (ertical a.is. 9bAects are distributed using the outermost obAects in the selection as base points for spacing. +elect at least three obAects' then go to +odify 9 istribution on the main menu bar or rightDclic* and select istribution from the conte.t menu to open the @istribution dialog $-igure 131&. The options a(ailable are e.plained as follows%

8ori1ontal distribution specifies the hori4ontal distribution between the selected obAects. Ione A does not distribute the obAects hori4ontally. Left A distributes the selected obAects so that the left edges of the obAects are e(enly
spaced from one another.

4enter A distributes the selected obAects so that the hori4ontal centers of the obAects are e(enly spaced from one another. ,pacing Q distributes the selected obAects hori4ontally so that the obAects are e(enly spaced from one another. 2ight Q distributes the selected obAects so that the right edges of the obAects are e(enly spaced from one another.

4hapter " 4ombining Eultiple Ob:ects

!8"

>ertical distribution specifies the (ertical distribution between the selected obAects. Ione A does not distribute the obAects (ertically. %op A distributes the selected obAects so that the top edges of the obAects are e(enly
spaced from one another.

4enter Q distributes the selected obAects so that the (ertical centers of the obAects are e(enly spaced from one another. ,pacing Q distributes the selected obAects (ertically so that the obAects are e(enly spaced from one another. @ottom A distributes the selected obAects so that the bottom edges of the obAects are e(enly spaced from one another.

!8<

LibreOffice .! Draw Guide

4hapter < &diting #ictures


2aster Graphics

Introduction
3arlier chapters of the @raw Guide ha(e dealt only with (ector graphics. 0owe(er' @raw also contains a number of functions for handling raster graphics $bitmaps& such as photographs and scanned pictures' including import' e.port' and con(ersion from one format to another. @raw can read all the maAority of graphic file formats. ?t has a subset of capabilities similar to raster graphics programs li*e )dobe "hotoshop or Gimp.

Importing graphics
Inserting
To import graphic files into your drawing' go to Insert 9 Picture 9 From File on the main menu bar or clic* the From File icon on the @rawing toolbar to open the ?nsert "icture dialog $-igure 132&. @raw contains import filters for the maAority of graphic formats. ?f the file you want to import has a graphic format not co(ered by the import filters' then it is recommended to use one of the many free graphic con(ersion programs to con(ert the file into a format that @raw recogni4es. ?f you select the Preview option in the ?nsert picture dialog' a pre(iew of the file is shown in the bo. on the rightDhand side. This ma*es it much easier to select the file you want and also chec*s that @raw can import the file format used.

$igure !39: /nsert #icture dialog


!8* LibreOffice .! Draw Guide

-mbedding
3mbedding a graphic into a drawing ma*es the graphic a permanent part of the drawing. )ny changes you ma*e to an embedded graphic will only appear in the drawingJ the original graphic file will not be affected. 3mbedding happens when you import a graphic into a drawing using the ?nsert -ile command' copying and pasting' scanning a graphic' or dragging and dropping. The main ad(antage of embedding graphics into your drawing is that the graphic is always a(ailable no matter what computer is used to open the drawing. The main disad(antage of embedding graphics is that it creates large file si4es' which may not be desirable if you ha(e limited capacity for storing computer files. )lso' if the original graphic is altered' then your drawing will not ha(e an up to date (ersion each time you open your drawing.

?ote

1hen a raster graphic is embedded into a #ibre9ffice document or drawing' then the format of that graphic is automatically changed to " G format.

:inking
#in*ing a graphic to a drawing does not insert the graphic into the drawing' but a lin* is created to where the graphic file is located on your computer. 3ach time the drawing is opened' any lin*ed graphics will be displayed in the drawing. The main ad(antage of lin*ing a graphic file to a drawing is if the original graphic file is altered or replaced by a new graphic with the same filename' then the ne.t time you open the drawing' the latest (ersion of the graphic will also open in the drawing. The main disad(antage of lin*ing graphics is that the lin* between the drawing and the graphic file must be maintained for lin*ing to wor* correctly. ?f you mo(e the drawing to another computer' then any lin*ed files must also be mo(ed to the same computer and the same folder on that computer. To lin* a graphic file to your drawing' select the :ink $or Insert :ink& option in the ?nsert "icture dialog $-igure 132& before selecting the file and clic*ing on the &pen button.

?ote

1hen a graphic file is lin*ed to a #ibre9ffice document or drawing' the format of the lin*ed graphic is not changed.

$igure !33: &dit Lin3s dialog

4hapter < &diting #ictures

!8-

)ny changes made to a lin*ed graphic within a #ibre9ffice drawing will apply only to the drawing and will not affect the original graphic file that has been lin*ed to the drawing. #in*s can be updated' modified' or bro*en as follows% 1& Go to -dit 9 :inks on the main menu bar to open the -dit :inks dialog $-igure 133&. 2& +elect the lin* to be edited. 3& Clic* on @pdate' +odify or #reak :ink' as appropriate.

@pdate Q updates the selected lin* so that the most recently sa(ed (ersion of the lin*ed file is displayed in the current document. +odify Q changes the source file for the selected lin*. #reak :ink Q brea*s the lin* between the source file and the current document. The most recently updated contents of the source file are *ept in the current document.

:& Clic* Close to close the dialog when you ha(e finished editing the lin*.

?ote

?f you clic* #reak :ink' then the lin*ed graphic becomes embedded in your drawing and the graphic format is con(erted to " G.

$canning
1ith most scanners you can directly insert a scanned image into a drawing or document. +canned images are embedded using " G format. ,a*e sure that your scanner is configured for the computer and supported by the +) 3 system for a #inu. operating system' or T1)? for a 1indows or ,ac operating system. To insert an image from the scanner% 1& "lace a document' drawing' or photograph in the scanner and ma*e sure that the scanner is ready. 2& ?f this is the first time the scanner has been used' go to Insert 9 Picture 9 $can 9 $elect $ource on the main menu bar to select the scanner. ?f the scanner has been used before' go to Insert 9 Picture 9 $can 9 Ae6uest on the main menu bar.
?f there is more than one scanning de(ice connected to the computer' you will be able to select the de(ice when you select the source. This selection will then become the default source when using scan re>uests until another de(ice is used as the scanning source.

?ote

3& The rest of the procedure depends on the scanner dri(er' interface' and computer operating system. You will normally be re>uired to specify scanning options such as resolution' scan window' and so on. Consult the documentation that came with the scanner for more information. :& 1hen the image has been scanned' @raw places it in the drawing. )t this point it can be edited li*e any other graphic.

Copying and pasting


Copying a graphic and then pasting the graphic into another drawing is another way of embedding graphics into a drawing $this is also called using the clipboard&. The copied graphic can be an image already embedded in another document or drawing' or it can be a graphic file such as a drawing' document or photograph.

!!8

LibreOffice .! Draw Guide

)fter copying you can also choose the format when you paste a graphic into @raw using -dit 9 Paste $pecial on the main menu bar. )(ailable formats will depend on the type of image copied onto the clipboard.

ragging and dropping


@ragging and dropping is another method of embedding graphics into a drawing and can be used on graphics that ha(e been embedded or lin*ed. The way that dragging and dropping wor*s is determined by the computer operating system. 8eha(ior of dragging and dropping is normally controlled using the 4trl or 4trl5,hift *eys in combination with the mouse. 9bAects and images which are used fre>uently can be stored in the @raw Gallery. -rom the Gallery' a copy of the obAect or image can be simply dragged onto the drawing. 1or*ing with the Gallery is dealt with in 4hapter !8 )dvanced Draw %echniBues.

File inserting
The command Insert 9 File on the main menu bar allows you to insert from an e.isting @raw drawing $S.9@G&' an ?mpress presentation $S.9@"&' a 1riter document $S.9@T&' or a document in 5ich Te.t -ormat $5T-&' 0T,# format' or plain te.t. )ny te.t file will be contained within a te.t frame with paragraph and character formatting options a(ailable. 1hen inserting a file' normally the complete file will be inserted into your drawing. 0owe(er' when selecting a @raw or ?mpress file' you can also select indi(idual slides or indi(idual obAects for insertion into your drawing. )fter selecting a @raw or ?mpress file and clic*ing on Insert' the ?nsert +lides/9bAects dialog $-igure 13:& opens. To access indi(idual slides or obAects' clic* on the e.pansion symbol $usually a I or a small triangle' depending operating system& to the left of the file name in the selection area.

$igure !3 : /nsert ,lides/Ob:ects dialog +elect the slides or obAects you want to insert and clic* &= to insert the selected items into your drawing. ?f the inserted obAect was named in the source document' it *eeps its original name unless the name already e.ists in the current document. ?f there is a name clash' you must gi(e the obAect a new name before it is inserted. To rename an inserted obAect' rightDclic* and choose ?ame from the conte.t menu. 5enaming has the ad(antage that the obAect is then listed in the a(igator.

4hapter < &diting #ictures

!!!

-3porting graphics
-3porting the entire file
8y default @raw sa(es drawings in the S.9@G format. +ome software programs cannot open these files. To ma*e your drawings a(ailable for other programs' you can e.port the file in (arious formats.

$igure !3": &'porting graphics 1& 2& 3& :& +elect your file and go to File 9 -3port on the main menu bar. +elect the re>uired format from the File type list $-igure 13C&. Clic* -3port. @epending on the format selected' another dialog will open allowing you to select the re>uired options for the selected graphic format. C& Clic* on -3port' Create' or &= and your file will be e.ported as a new file in its new format.

?ote

The format options in the File type list $3,-' 0T,#' H0T,#' "@-' and +1-& only apply to complete files.

!!9

LibreOffice .! Draw Guide

-3porting ob'ects
To e.port indi(idual obAects from your drawing% 1& +elect the obAects and then go to File 9 -3port on the main menu bar. 2& +elect the re>uired graphic format from the File type list. 3& +elect the ,election option on the 3.port dialog $-igure 13C&. :& Clic* -3port. C& @epending on the graphic format selected' another dialog will open allowing you to select the re>uired options for that graphic format. 7& Clic* on -3port' Create' or &= and your selected obAects will be e.ported as a new file in its new format.

Formatting raster ob'ects


9bAects that are raster graphics can be formatted using the -ormat or conte.t menus. The "icture toolbar is used to add or change filters and adAust the properties of lines' areas' and shadows. The Transparency property in the -ormat menu does not relate to the transparency of the raster graphic itself but to the bac*ground area. To change the transparency of a raster graphic' you must use the "icture toolbarJ see O"icture toolbarP below. +ome raster graphics may ha(e a te.t elementJ for more information on formatting te.t' see 4hapter - )dding and $ormatting %e't. You can change position and si4e or rotate rotate raster graphicsJ for more information' see 4hapter 3 ;or3ing with Ob:ects and Ob:ect #oints. 5aster graphics can also be flipped $+odify 9 Flip on the main menu bar&' but some metafile graphic formats may ha(e problems flipping if they contain te.t. 5aster graphics included in a group beha(e li*e other obAects when the properties of the group are modified. ?t is recommended to name raster graphics using +odify 9 ?ame on the main menu bar or rightD clic* and select ?ame on the conte.t menu. 9nly named obAects are (isible in the a(igator and only named obAects can be directly imported from another file.

Picture toolbar
The Picture toolbar will automatically appears when you select a picture $-igure 137&. This can be in the main toolbar or as a floating toolbar. The tools a(ailable from left to right on the Picture toolbar are as follows%

Filter Q opens the Graphic -ilter toolbar which is described in OGraphic filter toolbarP on
page 117.

;raphics mode Q changes the display of the graphic from color to grayscale' blac* and
white' or a watermar*. This setting affects only the display and printing of the pictureJ the original picture file remains unchanged.

Default Q the graphic is displayed unaltered in color. Gra1scale Q the graphic is displayed in 2C7 shades of gray. @lac3/;hite Q the graphic is displayed in blac* and white. ;atermar3 Q the brightness and contrast of the graphic are reduced to the e.tent that the graphic can be used as a watermar* $bac*ground&.

4hapter < &diting #ictures

!!3

$igure !3<: #icture toolbar

$igure !3>: 4olor toolbar

Color Q opens the Color toolbar $-igure 13B& to adAust the (alues of the 5G8 colors'
brightness' contrast' and Gamma. These adAustments do not affect the original picture' but the (alues are stored in @raw as a separate formatting set.

2ed? Green? @lue Q select (alues between Q100N $no color& to I100N $full intensity&J 0N represents the original color (alue of the graphic. @rightness Q select a (alue between Q100N $totally blac*& and I100N $totally white&. 4ontrast Q select a (alue between Q100N $minimum& and I100N $ma.imum&. Gamma Q this affects the brightness of the middle color tones. +elect a (alue between 0.10 $minimum& to 10 $ma.imum& Try adAusting this (alue if changing brightness or contrast does not gi(e you the re>uired result.

2ransparency Q adAust the degree of transparency of the picture between 0N $opa>ue&


and 100N $fully transparent&.

:ine Q opens the #ine dialog. ?n this conte.t' line refers to the outline of the border. +ee
4hapter 4hanging Ob:ect )ttributes for more information.

Area Q opens the )rea dialog' where you can edit color' gradient' hatching and fills of the
bac*ground area that contains the picture T not the picture itself. To see the bac*ground' you must set the transparency of the picture to a suitably high (alue.

$hadow Q sets the default shadow effect around the picture. Crop Picture Q crops $trims& a picture. 1hen you clic* on this tool' crop mar*s appear
around the picture. @rag one or more of these mar*s to crop the picture to your desired si4e. -or more accurate cropping' see OCroppingP on page 11C.

!!

LibreOffice .! Draw Guide

-ffects Q opens the ,ode toolbar. +ee 4hapter


information. Ob:ect )ttributes for more information.

4hanging Ob:ect )ttributes for more 4hanging

Flip Q flips the selected obAect either hori4ontally or (ertically. +ee 4hapter
Ob:ects and Ob:ect #oints for more information.

Position and $i1e Q opens the "osition and +i4e dialog. +ee 4hapter 3 ;or3ing with Alignment Q opens the )lignment toolbar where you align an obAect in relation to other
obAects in the drawing. +ee 4hapter " 4ombining Eultiple Ob:ects for more information.

Arrange Q opens the )rrange toolbar where you mo(e a selected obAect either forward or
bac*ward in relation to other obAects in the drawing. +ee 4hapter " 4ombining Eultiple Ob:ects for more information.

Cropping
-or more control and accuracy o(er cropping functions' select the picture and go to Format 9 Crop Picture' or rightDclic* and select Crop Picture from the conte.t menu to open the Crop dialog $-igure 13<&. )ny changes made in the Crop dialog change only the display of the graphic. The original graphic file is not changed. ?f you want to e.port a cropped graphic' you must do it through File 9 -3port. ?f you use $ave as Picture from the conte.t menu' the changes are not e.ported.

$igure !3*: 4rop dialog


)s an alternati(e to cropping' the Position and $i1e dialog has an option for *eeping the width and height ratio fi.ed while changing one of the two dimensions. Changing (alues in one area $,cale or /mage ,i0e& will show up correspondingly in the other area.

?ote

?ote

Ta*e care with cropping operations. ?n the Crop dialog' the width and height are treated as independent (alues. Changing one without the other can result in significant distortion of the image and this may not be what you want.

4hapter < &diting #ictures

!!"

Crop
!se this section of the Crop dialog to trim or scale the selected graphic' or to add white space around the graphic.

=eep scale Q maintains the original scale of the graphic when cropping so that only the
si4e of the graphic changes.

=eep image si1e Q maintains the original si4e of the graphic when you crop so that only
the scale of the graphic changes. To reduce the scale of the graphic' select this option and enter negati(e (alues in the cropping bo.es. To increase the scale of the graphic' enter positi(e (alues in the cropping bo.es.

:eft and Aight Q if =eep $cale is selected' enter a positi(e amount to trim the left or right
edge of the graphic' or a negati(e amount to add white space to the left or right of the graphic. ?f =eep image si1e is selected' enter a positi(e amount to increase the hori4ontal scale of the graphic' or a negati(e amount to decrease the hori4ontal scale of the graphic.

2op and #ottom Q if =eep $cale is selected' enter a positi(e amount to trim the top or
bottom of the graphic' or a negati(e amount to add white space abo(e or below the graphic. ?f =eep image si1e is selected' enter a positi(e amount to increase the (ertical scale of the graphic' or a negati(e amount to decrease the (ertical scale of the graphic.

$cale
!se this section of the Crop dialog to change the scale of the selected graphic. ?n the %idth and 8eight fields enter a (alue for the width or height of the selected graphic as a percentage.

Image si1e
!se this section of the Crop dialog to change the si4e of the selected graphic. ?n the %idth and 8eight fields enter a (alue for the width or height of the selected graphic. )bo(e the &riginal $i1e button' the original si4e of the graphic is displayed. Clic*ing on this button and then clic*ing &= resets the inserted image to the original image si4e.

;raphic filter toolbar


)fter selecting a graphic and the "icture toolbar $-igure 137& has opened' clic* on the Filter icon to open the Graphic -ilter toolbar $-igure 13=&. @raw offers ele(en filter effects. -ilters wor* on the current (iew of a graphic and they can be combined. -ilters always apply to the entire graphicJ it is not possible to use filters to edit only a part of the obAect.
?f your graphic is lin*ed' any graphic filters used are only applied to the current (iew. The original graphic is not changed. 1hen you close the drawing' any filtering applied is lost. To *eep a copy of the filtered graphic' e.port the graphic to create a copy with all the filters applied $File 9 -3port&.

?ote

?f your graphic is embedded' all graphic filters are applied directly on the embedded graphic and cannot be undone in a subse>uent session. )fter you sa(e and close the drawing' the graphic filter effects become permanent. ?f you do not want to retain a graphic filter' you must use -dit 9 @ndo to cancel the filter effect before sa(ing the file.

!!<

LibreOffice .! Draw Guide

$igure !3-: Graphic $ilter toolbar

Invert graphic filter


Clic*ing on the Invert icon in(erts or re(erses the color (alues of a color image $similar to a color negati(e&' or the brightness (alues of a grayscale image. )pply the filter again to re(ert to the original graphic $-igure 1:0&.

$igure ! 8: /nvert graphic filter

$mooth graphic filter


Clic*ing on the $mooth icon softens or blurs the image by applying a low pass filter reducing the contrast between neighboring pi.els and produces a slight lac* of sharpness $-igure 1:1&. The $mooth icon also opens the +mooth dialog $-igure 1:2&' where you can set the $mooth Aadius parameter fused for the +mooth filter when you clic* &=.

$igure ! !: ,mooth graphic filter

4hapter < &diting #ictures

!!>

$igure ! 9: ,mooth dialog

$harpen graphic filter


Clic*ing on the $harpen icon sharpens the image by applying a high pass filter' increasing the contrast between neighboring pi.els emphasi4ing the difference in brightness. This will accentuate the outlines and the effect will be strengthened if you apply the filter se(eral times $-igure 1:3&.

$igure ! 3: ,harpen graphic filter

Aemove noise graphic filter


Clic*ing on the Aemove ?oise icon remo(es noise by applying a median filter by comparing e(ery pi.el with its neighbors. ?t then replaces e.treme (alues of those pi.els that de(iate in color by a large amount from a mean (alue by a pi.el with a mean color (alue. The amount of picture information does not increase' but because there are fewer contrast changes resulting in a graphic that loo*s smoother $-igure 1::&.

$igure !

: 2emove Ioise graphic filter

$olari1ation graphic filter


+olari4ation is a phenomenon in photography in which the image recorded on a negati(e or on a photographic print is wholly or partially re(ersed in tone. @ar* areas appear light or light areas appear dar*. +olari4ation was originally a photochemical effect used during photographic film de(elopment and is now used in the digital world of computing to create a change or re(ersal of color $-igure 1:C and -igure 1:7&.
!!* LibreOffice .! Draw Guide

$igure ! ": ,olari0ation graphic filter

$igure ! <: ,olari0ation dialog Clic*ing on the $olari1ation icon opens the +olari4ation dialog' where you can define the threshold (alue for solari4ation. 3ntering a 2hreshold value abo(e B0N re(erses the color (alues $center picture in -igure 1:C&. +electing the Invert option causes all the colors to be in(erted $right picture in -igure 1:C&.

Aging graphic filter


)ging creates a loo* that resembles photographs de(eloped in the early days of photography. )ll pi.els are set to their gray (alues and then the green and blue color channels are reduced by the amount specified in the )ging dialog. 5ed color channel is not changed $-igure 1:B and -igure 1:<&. Clic*ing on the Aging icon opens the )ging dialog $-igure 1:<&' where you can define the Aging degree and create an old loo* for your graphic as shown in the right picture in -igure 1:B.

$igure ! >: )ging graphic filter

4hapter < &diting #ictures

!!-

$igure ! *: )ging dialog

Posteri1e graphic filter


"osteri4ing reduces the number of colors in a graphic ma*ing it loo* flatter. 1hen used on a photograph' posteri4ing can ma*e the photograph loo* li*e a painting. Clic*ing on the Posteri1e icon opens the "osteri4e dialog' where you can define the number of Poster colors to produce the effect you want $-igure 1:= and -igure 1C0&.

$igure ! -: #osteri0e graphic filter

$igure !"8: #osteri0e dialog

$igure !"!: #op )rt graphic filter

!98

LibreOffice .! Draw Guide

Pop art graphic filter


Clic* on the Pop Art icon to change the colors of a graphic to a popDart format $-igure 1C1&.

Charcoal sketch graphic filter


Clic* on the Charcoal $ketch icon to display the graphic as a charcoal s*etch. The contours of the graphic are drawn in blac* and the original colors are suppressed $-igure 1C2&.

$igure !"9: 4harcoal ,3etch graphic filter

Aelief graphic filter


The Aelief graphic filter calculates the edges of a graphic in relief as if the graphic is illuminated by a light source. Clic*ing on the Aelief icon opens the 5elief dialog' where you can select the position of the :ight source producing shadows that differ in direction and magnitude $-igure 1C3 and -igure 1C:&.

$igure !"3: 2elief graphic filter

$igure !" : 2elief dialog

4hapter < &diting #ictures

!9!

+osaic graphic filter


The +osaic graphic filter Aoins groups of pi.els and con(erts them into a rectangular tile in a single color creating a graphic that appears to be a mosaic. The larger the indi(idual rectangles created' the fewer details the mosaic graphic has. Clic*ing on the +osaic icon opens the ,osaic dialog' where you can set the number of pi.els used to create the %idth and 8eight of each tile created. +electing -nhanced edges will enhance the edges of each tile to create a sharper definition $-igure 1CC and -igure 1C7&.

$igure !"": Eosaic graphic filter

$igure !"<: Eosaic dialog

Aeplacing colors
The Color Aeplacer allows you to replace or change a color in a graphic for another color or set the color as transparent. !p to four colors can be replaced at once. The tool wor*s on the entire graphic and you cannot select an area of the graphic for editing. The Color Aeplacer can only be used on embedded graphics. ?f you try to use the Color Aeplacer on a lin*ed graphic' you will get the following error message %his graphic is lin3ed to a document. Do 1ou want to unlin3 the graphic in order to edit itK The selection list for replacement colors shows all the a(ailable colors in the current color palette of the drawing. You cannot define any new colors here but you can add colors to the a(ailable palette before using the 5eplace Color tool. -or more information on this topic' see 4hapter !8 )dvanced Draw %echniBues.

Aeplacing colors
To replace a color in a graphic' do as follows% 1& Go to 2ools 9 Color Aeplacer on the main menu bar to open the Color 5eplacer $-igure 1CB&. 2& +elect a graphic to start using the Color 5eplacer.

!99

LibreOffice .! Draw Guide

$igure !">: 4olor 2eplacer 3& Clic* on the Pipette icon to acti(ate the color selection mode. :& ,o(e the cursor o(er the color you want to replace in the selected graphic and clic* on the color to be replaced. C& ) chec* bo. is now mar*ed and the selected color appears in $ource color. 7& 3nter the amount of tolerance re>uired for replacing the color in the 2olerance bo.. The default selection is 10N tolerance. B& ?n Aeplace with' select a color from the dropDdown list. %ransparent is the default selection. <& )fter selecting up to four colors for replacement' clic* Aeplace to replace the colors in the selected graphic. =& There is no pre(iew of the effect. ?f the result is not what you re>uired' select -dit 9 @ndo in the main menu bar and repeat the color replacement.

Aeplacing transparent areas


?t is also possible to replace transparent areas in a graphic with a color. 1& Go to 2ools 9 Color Aeplacer on the main menu bar to open the Color 5eplacer $-igure 1CB&. 2& ,a*e sure the graphic is 9T selected. 3& +elect 2ransparency in the Color 5eplacer. :& +elect a color from the dropDdown list ne.t to 2ransparency. C& Clic* Aeplace to replace the transparent areas with the selected color.

2olerance parameter
The 2olerance parameter is used to set how much of the source color in the graphic is replaced by another color. To replace colors that are similar to the color you are replacing' enter a low (alue for the tolerance parameter. To replace a wider range of colors' enter a higher (alue for the tolerance parameter.

Conversion
Convert to a contour
Con(erts a selected graphic to a contour by creating a polygon' or a group of polygons. 1& +elect the graphic in your drawing. 2& Go to +odify 9 Convert 9 2o Contour' or rightDclic* on the graphic and select Convert 9 2o Contour.
4hapter < &diting #ictures !93

?f the con(ersion creates a group of polygons $for e.ample a te.t obAect&' then +odify 9 -nter ;roup' or rightDclic* on the con(erted graphic and select -nter ;roup from the conte.t menu' or press the $3 *ey to enter the group before selecting an indi(idual polygon.

?ote

,a*e sure you ha(e finished all your editing to your graphic before con(erting to a contour as the graphic cannot be edited after con(ersion.

Convert to a polygon
Con(erts a selected graphic to a collection of polygons filled with color. The graphic also becomes a (ector graphic and can be resi4ed with no loss of image >uality or distortion of any te.t. )fter con(ersion' you can brea* the graphic into groups of polygons and then split these groups into indi(idual polygons. 8rea*ing and splitting allows you to edit or delete indi(idual colors within the graphic.

$igure !"*: 4onvert to #ol1gon dialog

%onvertin!
To con(ert a graphic to a polygon% 1& +elect the graphic in your drawing. 2& Go to +odify 9 Convert 9 2o Polygon' on the main menu bar' or rightDclic* on the graphic and select Convert 9 2o Polygon to open the Con(ert to "olygon dialog $-igure 1C<&. 3& +elect the ?umber of colors and Point reduction to be used in the con(ersion. :& To pre(ent any blan* areas appearing in your graphic' select Fill holes and the number of pi.els to use for the 2ile si1e. C& Clic* Preview to chec* how your con(erted graphic will loo*. 7& ,a*e any necessary changes to the settings and chec* the pre(iew again. B& ?f you are satisfied' clic* &= to con(ert your graphic to a polygon.
!9 LibreOffice .! Draw Guide

%onversion options and controls ?umber of colors Q enter the number of colors to be displayed in the con(erted image.
#ibre9ffice generates a polygon for each occurrence of a color in the image. The range for the number of colors is between < and 32.

Point reduction Q remo(es color polygons that are smaller than the pi.el (alue you enter.
The range for point reduction is between 0 and 32 pi.els.

Fill holes Q fills the blan* areas in the graphic that can be created when applying a point
reduction.

2ile si1e Q enter the si4e of the rectangle for the bac*ground fill. The range of tile si4es is
between < and 12< pi.els.

$ource picture Q pre(iew of the original image. >ectori1ed image Q pre(iew of the con(erted image. Clic* Preview to generate the
(ectori4ed image.

Progress Q displays a progress bar during con(ersion. Preview Q creates a pre(iew of the con(erted image without applying any changes. &= Q con(erts your graphic to polygons. 7rea2in!
)fter con(erting a graphic to polygons' you can brea* the graphic into groups of polygons. 3ach group of polygons consists of one color. 1& Con(ert your graphic to polygons' see OCon(ertingP abo(e. 2& ,a*e sure your graphic is selected and go to +odify 9 #reak on the main menu bar' or rightDclic* on your graphic and select #reak from the conte.t menu to brea* your con(erted graphic into groups of polygons. 3& Clic* on a color in your graphic then drag the group of polygons filled with that color out of your graphic to create a new graphic 95 press the Delete *ey and delete the color from your graphic.

plittin!
)fter con(erting a graphic to polygons and brea*ing the graphic into groups of polygons' you can then split these groups into indi(idual polygons. 1& Con(ert your graphic to polygons' see OCon(ertingP abo(e. 2& 8rea* your graphic into groups of polygons' see O8rea*ingP abo(e. 3& ,a*e sure your graphic is selected and go to +odify 9 $plit on the main menu bar' rightD clic* on the graphic and select $plit from the conte.t menu' or use the *eyboard combination 4trl5)lt5,hift5H to split groups of polygons into indi(idual polygons. :& Clic* on an indi(idual polygon in your graphic and drag it out of your graphic or a polygon group 95 press the Delete *ey and delete the polygon from your graphic.

Convert to a bitmap
)ll drawing obAects placed into a #ibre9ffice drawing are (ector graphics and these (ector graphics can be con(erted to a bitmap in " G format. )ny transparency effects in the original (ector graphic are lost during con(ersion e(en though the " G format used does support transparencies. To con(ert a (ector graphic to a bitmap' go to +odify 9 Convert 9 2o #itmap on the main menu bar or rightDclic* on the graphic and select Convert 9 2o #itmap from the conte.t menu.

4hapter < &diting #ictures

!9"

Print options
?f you ha(e only a monochrome $single color& printer or are e.periencing problems with printing' then the following settings may help with printing your drawing. You can set up printing so that all te.t and all graphics are printed either in grayscale or blac* and white. The general settings are in 2ools 9 &ptions 9 :ibre&ffice apply to all drawings that you print using #ibre9ffice @raw. raw 9 Print $-igure 1C=& and will

$igure !"-: Options - LibreOffice Draw - #rint To set printing options for the current document only' go to File 9 Print or use the *eyboard combination 4trl5# and clic* on the &ptions tab in the "rint dialog $-igure 170&.

$igure !<8: #rint dialog -- Options To set printing options for all the modules in #ibre9ffice' go to 2ools 9 &ptions 9 :ibre&ffice 9 Print $-igure 171&. These printing options allow you to reduce print data sent to a printer or file' and to gi(e any printer warnings if the wrong paper si4e or orientation and transparency is set.

!9<

LibreOffice .! Draw Guide

$igure !<!: Options - LibreOffice - #rint

4hapter < &diting #ictures

!9>

4hapter > ;or3ing with 3D Ob:ects

Introduction
)lthough @raw does not match the functionality of leading drawing or picture editing programs' it is capable of producing and editing 3@ drawings and pictures. 3@ obAects can be created using one of the following methods%

3.trusion Q creates a 3@ shape. 5otation Q creates a 3@ scene. Con(ersion Q creates a 3@ scene. 5eadyDmade 3@ obAects which are 3@ scenes.

! ob'ect types
! shapes
) 3@ shape is created when a 2@ obAect or te.t from the -ontwor* Gallery is turned into 3@ using e.trusion with the -3trusion &nE&ff icon on the @rawing or 3@D+ettings toolbars. The +tatus bar displays ,hape selected when this type of 3@ obAect is selected. ) 3@ shape can be (iewed and edited in 2@ mode by clic*ing on the -3trusion &nE&ff icon. To switch bac* to 3@ mode' clic* the -3trusion &nE&ff icon again. )ny changes you want to ma*e to the 3@ effects used for a 3@ shape are carried out using the 3@D +ettings toolbar.

?ote

The -3trusion &nE&ff icon only becomes a(ailable for use when you select a 2@ obAect' or a 3@ obAect that has been e.truded from a 2@ obAect.

! scenes
3@ scenes are built from obAects which ha(e dimensions using .' y' and 4 coordinates. The +tatus bar displays 3D scene selected when a 3@ obAect is selected that has been created from a 2@ obAect using body rotation or con(ersion' or it is a readyDmade 3@ obAect that has been inserted into your drawing. 1hen you create a 3@ scene from a selection of more than one 2@ obAect' a group is automatically created. You can enter this 3@ scene group so that you change the 3@ effects and rotate the indi(idual 3@ obAects within the group. To enter the group' go to +odify 9 -nter ;roup on the main menu bar' or press the $3 *ey' or rightDclic* on the group and select -nter ;roup from the conte.t menu. To e.it the group after you ha(e finished your changes' go to +odify 9 -3it ;roup on the main menu bar' or use the 4trl5$3 *ey combination' or rightDclic* on the group and select -3it ;roup from the conte.t menu.

?ote

You cannot ungroup into indi(idual obAects a 3@ scene group that has been created from a selection of 2@ obAects.

!38

LibreOffice .! Draw Guide

Creating
rawing toolbar
8efore you begin creating 3@ obAects in your drawing' it is recommended that you add the #ibre9ffice 3@ tools to the @rawing toolbar as follows% 1& 5ightDclic* in an empty area on the @rawing toolbar and select >isible #uttons from the conte.t menu. 2& +elect 2o ! and 2o ! Aotation &b'ect from the a(ailable list of icons to place them on the @rawing toolbar as shown in -igure 172.

$igure !<9: Drawing toolbar

?ote

The 2o ! ' 2o ! Aotation &b'ect' and -3trusion &nE&ff icons only become acti(e when a 2@ obAect is selected in your drawing.

-3trusion
&'trusion is a procedure that creates a 3@ shape from a 2@ obAect. The 3@ geometry is formed by e.truding a polygon perpendicular to the plane of the gi(en polygon using depth to create front' bac*' and side faces. The side faces are formed by connecting all corresponding single edges of the front and bac* faces. @raw uses a default (alue for e.trusion $depth& based on the si4e of a 2@ obAect. This (alue can be changed after carrying out e.trusionJ see O3@D+ettings toolbarP on page 13B for more information. 1& @raw an obAect using one of the shape tools on the @rawing toolbar. 2& +elect the 2@ obAect you want to con(ert to 3@.
3.trusion only wor*s on basic shapes' symbol shapes' bloc* arrows' flowcharts' callouts' and stars that are included as a part of the default set of tools on the @rawing toolbar. 3.trusion can also be used on any te.t created using the -ontwor* Gallery.

?ote

$igure !<3: &'truding a 3D ob:ect from a 9D ob:ect

4hapter > ;or3ing with 3D Ob:ects

!3!

3& Clic* the -3trusion &nE&ff icon on the @rawing toolbar and the selected 2@ obAect is con(erted into a 3@ shape $-igure 173&. The -3trusion &nE&ff icon used to create 3@ shapes from 2@ obAects is included in the default set of tools for the @rawing toolbar. :& )lternati(ely' clic* on the -3trusion &nE&ff icon on the 3@D+ettings toolbar and the selected 2@ obAect is con(erted into a 3@ shape. ?f the 3@D+ettings toolbar is not (isible' go to >iew 9 2oolbars 9 ! 5$ettings on the main menu bar.

Aotation
"o 6D rotation
%o 3D rotation con(erts a 2@ obAect into a 3@ scene by rotating the obAect using the left edge of the bounding bo. around the obAect as the a.is of rotation. 3.amples of rotation are shown in -igure 17:' where a thic* line has been used as an e.ample obAect. The actual 3@ shape created also depends on the angle and shape of the obAect being rotated. 1& @raw a line and ma*e sure it is selected. 2& To con(ert the line into a 3@ scene' clic* on the 2o ! Aotation &b'ect icon on the @rawing toolbar' or go to +odify 9 Convert 9 2o ! Aotation &b'ect on the main menu bar' or rightDclic* on and select Convert 9 2o ! Aotation &b'ect from the conte.t menu.

$igure !< : &'amples of using %o 3D bod1 rotation

0n 6D rotation
/n 3D rotation con(erts a 2@ obAect into a 3@ scene by rotating the obAect using a mo(able a.is of rotation. ) 2@ obAect is rotated and slightly tilted with the central proAection turned on so that the con(erted obAect is better recogni4ed as a 3@ scene $-igure 17C&.

$igure !<": &'amples of rotating 9D ob:ects to create a 3D ob:ects The default location of this rotation a.is is the left edge of the bounding bo. around the obAect. 0owe(er' this location and angle of rotation can be adAusted' allowing you to create 3@ scenes that ha(e different shapes. 3.amples of adAusting the rotation location and angle are shown in -igure 177 where a thic* line has been used as an e.ample obAect. The actual 3@ scene created also depends on the angle and shape of the obAect being rotated. 1& @raw a line and ma*e sure it is selected. 2& Clic* on the small triangle ne.t to the -ffects icon on the #ine and -illing toolbar and select the In ! Aotation &b'ect icon
!39

in the popup toolbar.


LibreOffice .! Draw Guide

$igure !<<: /n 3D bod1 rotation 3& )lternati(ely' go to >iew 9 2oolbars 9 +ode on the main menu bar to open the ,ode toolbar and select the In ! Aotation &b'ect icon . :& ?f necessary' adAust the position and angle of the rotation a.is. This is shown as a dashed line with rotation points at each end. C& Clic* anywhere outside the obAect and it is con(erted into a 3@ scene.
The shape of the 3ffects icon on the #ine and -illing toolbar changes depending on the last 3ffects tool that was used on the #ine and -illing or ,ode toolbars. ?f the 3ffects icon is not (isible on the #ine and -illing toolbar' then rightDclic* in an empty area on the toolbar and clic* on >isible #uttons' then select -ffects.

?ote

Conversion
1hen a 2@ obAect is con(erted to a 3@ scene' it is slightly tilted and central proAection turned on so that the con(erted obAect is better recogni4ed as a 3@ scene. 1& +elect a 2@ obAect in your drawing. 2& Go to +odify 9 Convert 9 2o ! or 2o ! Aotation ob'ect on the main menu bar and the obAect is con(erted into a 3@ scene. 3& )lternati(ely' rightDclic* on the obAect and select Convert 9 2o ! or 2o ! Aotation ob'ect from the conte.t menu and the obAect is con(erted into a 3@ scene. 3.amples of con(ersion using 2o ! are shown in -igure 17C on page 132 and for 2o ! Aotation ob'ect con(ersionJ see OTo 3@ rotationP on page 132 for more information.

4hapter > ;or3ing with 3D Ob:ects

!33

2e3t and Fontwork


"ext
@raw treats te.t li*e an obAect which can be con(erted to 3@ as easily as any other obAect in your drawing. 1& Clic* on the 2e3t icon on the @rawing toolbar. 2& ,o(e the cursor onto your drawing and clic* once to create a te.t bo.' then type your te.t. 3& Clic* again on the te.t bo. to select it. +election handles will show on the te.t bo.. :& Clic* the 2o ! icon on the @rawing toolbar' or go to +odify 9 Convert 9 2o ! or 2o ! Aotation ob'ect' or rightDclic* on the obAect and select Convert 9 2o ! or 2o ! Aotation ob'ect from the conte.t menu and the selected te.t is con(erted into a 3@ scene. C& +ee O3diting 3@ obAectsP on page 13C on how to change the 3@ effects for 3@ te.t.

Fontwor2
The -ontwor* Gallery in @raw contains a set of templates allowing you to create artistic te.t for your drawings. Clic* on the Fontwork icon on the @rawing toolbar to open the Fontwork ;allery $-igure 17B&. +ee the /mpress Guide 4hapter " Eanaging Graphic Ob:ects for more information on the -ontwor* Gallery and its tools. )fter creating your te.t using the -ontwor* Gallery' it can be con(erted to a 3@ shape using the information in O3.trusionP on page 131' and into a 3@ scene using O5otationP on page 132' OCon(ersionP on page 133' or OTe.tP abo(e.

$igure !<>: $ontwor3 Galler1

!3

LibreOffice .! Draw Guide

Aeady5made ! ob'ects
#ibre9ffice has a collection of readyDmade 3@ obAects a(ailable for immediate use. To access these readyDmade 3@ obAects' go to >iew 9 2oolbars 9 ! &b'ects on the main menu bar to open the ! 5&b'ects toolbar or clic* on the ! &b'ects icon up menu $-igure 17<&. on the @rawing toolbar to open a popD

Creating 3@ scenes using this toolbar is e.actly the same as drawing basic shapes. +ee 4hapter 9 Drawing @asic ,hapes for more information.

$igure !<*: 3D Ob:ects toolbar


The shape of the ! &b'ects icon on the @rawing toolbar changes depending on the last tool that was used. ?f the ! &b'ects icon is not (isible on the @rawing toolbar' then rightDclic* in an empty area on the toolbar and clic* on >isible #uttons and select ! &b'ects.

?ote

-diting ! ob'ects
1here 3@ scenes ha(e been created from more than one 2@ obAect' a 3@ scene group is automatically created. You cannot ungroup this 3@ scene group and any editing carried out will affect all 3@ obAects within the group. To edit an indi(idual 3@ obAect within this 3@ scene group' you must enter the group. +ee O3@ scenesP on page 130 for information.

?ote

Aotation
5otating 3@ scenes and shapes is similar to rotation for 2@ obAects $see 4hapter 3 ;or3ing with Ob:ects and Ob:ect #oints for more information&.

.sin! t/e #ouse ?ote


-or 3@ shapes that ha(e been created using e.trusion' see O3@D+ettings toolbarP on page 13B for information on how to rotate 3@ shapes about the hori4ontal or (ertical a.es.

1& +elect a 3@ obAect $3@ scene or 3@ shape&' then clic* on the small triangle ne.t to the -ffects icon on the #ine and -illing toolbar and select the Aotate icon in the popDup toolbar' or go to >iew 9 2oolbars 9 +ode on the main menu bar to open the ,ode toolbar and select the Aotate icon or go to +odify 9 Aotate on the main menu bar. 2& Clic* on a corner selection handle and hold the mouse button down until the cursor changes to a doubleDheaded circular arrow. 3& @rag the cursor to rotate the 3@ obAect around the rotation point in e.actly the same way as rotating a 2@ obAect. :& 5elease the mouse button when you are satisfied with the rotation effect.

4hapter > ;or3ing with 3D Ob:ects

!3"

C& Clic* on a center selection handle and hold the mouse button down until the cursor changes to parallel arrows. These center selection handles are not a(ailable for 3@ shapes created using the e.trusion method. 7& @rag the cursor to rotate the 3@ obAect around the hori4ontal a.is or the (ertical a.is. The left and right center selection handles are used for the hori4ontal a.is. The top and bottom center selection handles are used for the (ertical a.is. B& 5elease the mouse button when you are satisfied with the rotation effect.
8y default' the rotation point is in the center of a selected 3@ obAect. This rotation point can be mo(ed to change the center of rotation and create a different effect when you carry out rotation. ,o(e your cursor o(er the rotation point until it changes $normally a pointed fist&' then clic* and drag the rotation point to a new position. )lternati(ely' clic* and drag on the 3@ obAect to a new position when it is in rotation mode to mo(e the obAect away from the default position for the center of rotation.

?ote

.sin! t/e -otation dialo!


1& +elect the 3@ obAect $3@ scene or 3@ shape&. 2& Go to Format 9 Position and $i1e on the main menu bar' or rightDclic* on the selected obAect and select Position and $i1e from the conte.t menu' or press the $ *ey to open the "osition and +i4e dialog $-igure 17=&. 3& Clic* on the Aotation tab to open the 5otation page. :& ?n the Aotation angle section' enter the number of degrees for rotation in the )ngle bo.. C& )lternati(ely' clic* and drag the 2otation )ngle indicator in Default settings until you reach the rotation angle you re>uire. )s you drag the indicator' the rotation angle is displayed in the )ngle bo.. 7& ?n the Pivot point section' enter the H and Y coordinates in the #osition F and #osition G bo.es to adAust the location of rotation point. B& )lternati(ely' select one of the position points in Default settings to adAust the location of the rotation point. The default location is in the center. <& Clic* &= to sa(e your changes and close the dialog.

$igure !<-: 2otation dialog


!3< LibreOffice .! Draw Guide

! 5$ettings toolbar
The 3@D+ettings toolbar $-igure 1B0& is only used to edit a 3@ shape that has been created from a 2@ obAect using e.trusion $ see O3.trusionP on page 131 for more information&. To open the 3@D +ettings toolbar' go to >iew 9 2oolbars 9 ! 5$ettings on the main menu bar. The 3@D+ettings toolbar only becomes acti(e when a 3@ shape has been selected.

$igure !>8: 3D-,ettings toolbar The tools a(ailable for editing 3@ shapes are as follows. The result of any changes made using these editing tools is applied to the selected 3@ shape immediately and the 3@ effect is displayed.

-3trusion &nE&ff Q used to create a 3@ shape from a 2@ obAect. ?f necessary' can also be
used to switch off the 3@ effects created by e.trusion allowing you to edit the underlying 2@ obAect.

2ilt own Q tilts the selected obAect downward $hori4ontal a.is rotation& by C degrees each
time the icon is used.

2ilt @p Q tilts the selected obAect upward $hori4ontal a.is rotation& by C degrees each time
the icon is used.

2ilt :eft Q tilts the selected obAect left $(ertical a.is rotation& by C degrees each time the
icon is used.

2ilt Aight Q tilts the selected obAect right $(ertical a.is rotation& by C degrees each time the
icon is used.

epth Q opens a popDup menu where you can set the e.trusion depth from an obAect by a fi.ed or custom amount. irection Q opens a popDup menu where you can set the (iew direction to create an e.trusion in either a perspecti(e or parallel proAection. lighting when creating an e.trusion.

:ighting Q opens a popDup menu where you can set the direction and intensity of the $urface Q opens a popDup menu where you can set the surface of the e.trusion as matt'
plastic' metal' or wireframe display.

! Color Q opens a popDup menu where you can set the color used for the e.trusion. This
color does not ha(e to be the same as the color used for the original 2@ obAect.

4hapter > ;or3ing with 3D Ob:ects

!3>

! effects
The ! -ffects dialog $-igure 1B1& offers a wide range of possible settings for 3@ obAects created using the following methods. This dialog can also be used to con(ert a 2@ obAect to 3@ using the tools in the bottom left corner of the dialog. To open the 3@ 3ffects dialog' select the 3@ obAect and rightDclic* on the obAect then select ! -ffects from the conte.t menu to open the 3@ 3ffects dialog. )ny 3@ effects that you apply to a 3@ scene are not carried out until you clic* on the Assign icon . This allows you to ma*e all the 3@ effect changes before applying them to your 3@ scene.

$igure !>!: 3D &ffects dialog - Geometr1


You can add a ! -ffects icon to the @rawing toolbar' or any other toolbar' by going to >iew 9 2oolbars 9 Customi1e or rightDclic*ing in an empty area on the toolbar and selecting Customi1e 2oolbar. 1hen the Customi1e dialog opens' go to 2oolbars' select the toolbar you want to use and clic* on the Add button to display the Add Commands dialog. The ! -ffects icon is located in the &ptions category.

?ote

6D conversion
?n the bottom left corner of all the pages in the 3ffects dialog are tools allowing you to con(ert a 2@ obAect to a 3@ obAect and to change the proAection used in a 3@ obAect.

Convert to !

Q con(erts the selected obAect into a 3@ scene. This tool wor*s in the same way as OCon(ersionP on page 133. Q con(erts a 2@ obAect into a 3@ scene using body rotation. This tool wor*s in the same way as OTo 3@ rotationP on page 132.

Convert to :athe &b'ect

!3*

LibreOffice .! Draw Guide

Perspective &nE&ff

Q switches perspecti(e proAection on or off for a 3@ obAect. "erspecti(e proAection is where proAecting lines from the center of proAection pass through an imaginary plane until they meet at a point some distance from an obAect.

6D Effects 8 Geo#etr(
9n the ;eometry page of the 3ffects dialog $-igure 1B1& you can ma*e changes to the geometry of a 3@ obAect.

;eometry Q defines the properties for a 3@ scene or shape created from a 2@ obAect. 2ounded edges Q enter the amount by which you want to round the corners of a 3@
shape as shown by the e.ample in -igure 1B2. The default setting for rounded edges is 10N

$igure !>9: 2ounded edges e'ample

,caled depth Q enter the amount by which to increase or decrease the frontal area of the selected 3@ obAect. -igure 1B3 shows an e.ample where the scaled depth has been increased to 1C0N and then decreased to C0N. The default setting for scaled depth is 100N.

$igure !>3: ,caled depth e'ample

2otation angle Q enter the angle in degrees to rotate a 2@ obAect that has been con(erted to 3@ using the 2o ! Aotation &b'ect tool. -igure 1B: shows an e.ample of a 2@ circle con(erted to 3@ and the rotation angle changed to 1C0 degrees.

4hapter > ;or3ing with 3D Ob:ects

!3-

$igure !> : 2otation angle e'ample

Depth Q enter the e.trusion depth for the selected 3@ obAect. This option is not a(ailable for 2@ rotation obAects con(erted to 3@ using the 2o ! Aotation &b'ect tool. -igure 1BC shows an e.ample of a 2@ circle con(erted to a 3@ cylinder with the e.trusion depth increased to 3 cm.

$igure !>": Depth e'ample

$egments Q changes the number of segments that @raw uses to draw a 3@ rotation
obAect. The higher the number of segments' the smoother the obAect surface will be. 0owe(er' a high segment number may increase the time it ta*es to generate the 3@ obAect on your display. -igure 1B7 shows the difference on a 3@ sphere when the segments ha(e been increased from 10 to 30 segments hori4ontally and (ertically.

(ori0ontal Q enter the number of hori4ontal segments to use in the selected 3@ rotation obAect. Vertical Q enter the number of (ertical segments to use in the selected 3@ rotation obAect.

$igure !><: ,egment e'ample

! 8

LibreOffice .! Draw Guide

?ormals Q modifies the rendering style of the 3@ surface $-igure 1BB and -igure 1B<&.
Ob:ect-,pecific Q renders the 3@ surface according to the shape of the obAect. -or e.ample' a circular shape is rendered with a spherical surface. $lat Q renders the 3@ surface as polygons. Q renders a smooth 3@ surface regardless of the shape of the obAect.

,pherical

$igure !>>: Ob:ect-,pecific? $lat? and ,pherical e'amples

$igure !>*: /nvert Iormals and Double-,ided /llumination e'amples

/nvert Iormals Q in(erts or re(erses which side of the selected obAect is considered to be the outside face and which side is considered the inside face. Double-,ided /llumination Q lights an obAect from the outside and the inside of the obAect. To use as an ambient light source' clic* this button' and then clic* /nvert Iormals. This is a setting for the whole of the 3@ scene and not fopr a single obAect within the scene. Double-,ided Q a 3@ obAect has a front and bac* face. 1ith Double-,ided switched off' only the front face of the obAect is rendered. The effect' when loo*ing from

4hapter > ;or3ing with 3D Ob:ects

! !

outside' is that the obAect solid' but' when loo*ing from inside' the front face is transparent. ?f there is no (iew to the inside face' normally for an e.truded 3@ obAect with solid te.ture' the Double-,ided should be switched off to impro(e performance during rendering. )ny 3@ obAect created using rotation often allow an inside (iew and it is recommended that @oubleD+ided is switched on. 1hich side of an obAect face is considered to be bac* or front is determined by the /nvert Iormals setting' that is the front side of a plane is the one the normal points away from.

6D Effects 9 /adin!
9n the +hading page of the 3ffects dialog $-igure 1B=& you can set the shading and shadow options for the selected 3@ obAect.

$hading Q specifies the type of shading applied to a 3@ obAect $-igure 1<0&. $lat Eode Q assigns a single color of shading to a single segment on the surface of the
obAect.

Gouraud Eode Q blends shading colors across the segments. #hong Eode Q a(erages the shading color of each pi.el in a segment based on the pi.els that surround it' and re>uires the most processing power.

$igure !>-: 3D &ffects dialog - ,hading

$igure !*8: ,hading mode e'amples

! 9

LibreOffice .! Draw Guide

$igure !*!: &'ample of using ,hadow

$hadow Q adds or remo(es a shadow from a selected 3@ obAect $-igure 1<1&. 3D ,hadowing On/Off Q switches the shadowing on or off. ,urface angle Q enter an angle from 0 to =0 degrees for casting a shadow. Camera Q sets the camera options for a selected 3@ scene as if you are actually using a
camera to ta*e a photograph $-igure 1<2&.

Distance Q enter the distance to lea(e between the camera and the center of the selected 3@ scene. The default setting for distance is 2.7cm. $ocal length Q enter the focal length of the camera lens' where a small (alue corresponds to a fishDeye lens and a large (alue to a telephoto lens. The default setting for focal length is 10cm.

$igure !*9: Distance and $ocal Length e'amples

6D Effects 9 0llu#ination
9n the ?llumination page of the 3ffects dialog $-igure 1<3& you define how a 3@ scene is lit and the settings apply to all 3@ obAects in a scene. You can specify the direction of the light source for the 3@ scene' as well as the color of the light source and of the ambient light. 8y default one light source is already selected when you open the ?llumination page. 0owe(er' you can select another light source or use more than one light source for illumination. ) ma.imum of eight sources can be used and each light source can use a different color. -igure 1<3 shows three light sources selected with each color ha(ing a different color. )t least one light source must be acti(eJ otherwise' the rendering and shading functions on 3@ 3ffects will not function correctly. 1& +elect a :ight source icon to turn the re>uired light source on. The icon changes to an illuminated bulb. 2& "ress the space bar or clic* again on the selected light source so you can adAust the color and ambient light for the light source.

4hapter > ;or3ing with 3D Ob:ects

! 3

$igure !*3: 3D &ffects dialog - /llumination 3& +elect a color for the light from the dropDdown list for :ight source. ) different color can be used for each light source selected. :& ?f necessary' select a color from the dropDdown list for Ambient light to set the color of the surrounding light. C& To deselect a light source' select the light source and clic* on it again. The light source location and color are shown in the lower right corner of the ?llumination page. The (ertical slider bar adAusts the lighting angle and the hori4ontal slider bar rotates the light about the obAect. )lternati(ely you can clic* on the light point and drag the light source to where you want it. To change the pre(iew from a sphere to a cube' clic* on the small s>uare to the right of the hori4ontal slider bar and below the (ertical slider bar. 3ach light source selected is shown as a small colored sphere in the color specified for it. The larger colored sphere indicates the acti(e light source.

6D Effects 9 "extures
9n the Te.tures page of the 3ffects dialog $-igure 1<:& you can set the properties of the surface te.ture for a selected 3@ obAect. The Te.tures page is only a(ailable after you ha(e set the Area Fill of a 3@ obAect to Gradient' (atching or @itmap. -or more information' see 4hapter 4hanging Ob:ect )ttributes.

2ype Q sets the color properties of the te.ture.


@lac3 C ;hite 4olor Q con(erts the te.ture to blac* and white.

Q con(erts the te.ture to color. Q applies the te.ture without shading.

+ode Q shows or hides shading.


Onl1 %e'ture %e'ture and ,hading Q applies the te.ture with shading. To define the shading options for the te.ture' use the +hading page of this dialog.

LibreOffice .! Draw Guide

$igure !* : 3D &ffects - %e'tures

Pro'ection G Q sets the options for displaying the te.ture along the H a.is. 9nly one of the
three following options can be selected.

Ob:ect-,pecific Q automatically adAusts the te.ture for best fit based on the shape and si4e of the obAect. This is the default setting. #arallel Q applies the te.ture parallel to the hori4ontal a.is and is mirrored on the rear side of the obAect. 4ircular Q wraps the hori4ontal a.is of the te.ture pattern around an obAect.

Pro'ection C Q sets the options for displaying the te.ture along the Y a.is. 9nly one of the
three following options can be selected.

Ob:ect-,pecific Q automatically adAusts the te.ture for best fit based on the shape and si4e of the obAect. This is the default setting.

#arallel

Q applies the te.ture parallel to the (ertical a.is and is mirrored on the rear side of the obAect. 4ircular Q wraps the (ertical a.is of the te.ture pattern around an obAect. Q blurs the te.ture slightly to remo(e unwanted spec*les.

Filter Q filters out noise that can occur when you apply a te.ture to a 3@ obAect.
$iltering On/Off 8efore Te.tures can be used' you must change the area fill of the 3@ obAect as follows% 1& +elect the 3@ obAect. 2& 5ightDclic* on the 3@ obAect and select Area from the conte.t menu or go to Format 9 Area on the main menu bar to open the Area dialog. 3& -rom the Fill dropDdown list' select Gradient' (atching or @itmap. :& +elect the fill from the list that appears and then clic* &=. The te.ture is then applied to the selected 3@ obAect.

4hapter > ;or3ing with 3D Ob:ects

! "

$igure !*": 3D &ffects - Eaterial

6D Effects 8 Material
9n the ,aterials page of the 3ffects dialog $-igure 1<C& you can change the appearance of a 3@ obAect to represent different materials. ,aterials and te.tures can be combined with each other and it is a matter of trial and error to achie(e the desired result.

+aterial Q assigns a predefined color scheme or lets you create your own color scheme. $avorites Q select a predefined color scheme' or select a custom color scheme that has
been user defined.

Ob:ect color Q select the color that you want to apply to a 3@ obAect. /llumination color Q select the color to illuminate the obAect and brightening parts of the obAect which lie in shadow ma*ing the obAect seem more illuminated.

$pecular Q sets the light reflection properties for the selected obAect simulating the
reflecting capacity of the surface. The position of the illuminated point is determined by the setting of the first light source.

4olor Q select the color that you want the obAect to reflect. /ntensit1 Q enter the intensity of the specular effect.

The Color icon

opens the Color dialog allowing you to define your own colors using the twoDdimensional graphic and numerical gradient chart.
@o not use a (ery high brightness (alues for indi(idual colors. These are all additi(e and it is easy to end up with a colored area that is white.

2ip

1hen you use indi(idual color parameters additional effects can be produced' which are similar to the color parameters in O3@ 3ffects Q ?lluminationP on page 1:3.

?ote

,etallic and glass surfaces do not simulate well because the appearance of these materials is produced using reflection.

! <

LibreOffice .! Draw Guide

! 5$ettings toolbar editing


1hen 3@ shapes ha(e been created from 2@ obAects using the e.trusion method' they are handled differently from 3@ scenes. You ha(e to use the tools on the 3@D+ettings toolbar to ma*e any changes to a 3@ shape. These tools are highlighted in -igure 1<7.

epth irection up options.

Q sets the e.trusion depth and direction from the popDup options. Q sets a (iew direction and a perspecti(e or parallel proAection from the popD Q sets the lighting direction and lighting intensity from the popDup options. Q sets the surface material or use a wireframe display from the popDup Q sets the e.trusion color from the popDup options.

:ighting $urface
options.

! Color

$igure !*<: 3D-,ettings toolbar - editing The result of any changes made using these editing tools is applied to the selected 3@ shape immediately and the effect is displayed.
The 3@ 3ffects dialog described in O3@ effectsP on page 13< cannot be used on 3@ shapes created using the 3.trusion 9n/9ff tool because the correct formatting results will not be achie(ed. ?f you ha(e used the 3@ 3ffects dialog in error' you can remo(e any incorrect formatting by going to Format 9 efault Formatting on the main menu bar.

?ote

Combining ! ob'ects
,ultiple 3@ obAects can be grouped or combined together in the same way as 2@ obAects. +ee 4hapter " 4ombining Eultiple Ob:ects for more information.

?ote

1hen copying and pasting a 3@ scene into another 3@ scene' it is not pasted in as a scene' but the obAects within the copied scene are pasted in.

4hapter > ;or3ing with 3D Ob:ects

! >

4hapter * 4onnections? $lowcharts? and Organi0ation 4harts

Connectors and glue points


Connectors and glue points were briefly introduced in 4hapter 9 Drawing @asic ,hapes. This section describes them in more detail and how to use them. Connectors are lines or arrows whose ends automatically doc* to a connection or glue point on an obAect. Connectors are useful when drawing' for e.ample' flowcharts and organi4ation charts. The connecting lines between obAects remain intact e(en when obAects are mo(ed or rearranged. )lso' if you copy an obAect with a connector' the connector is also copied.

Connectors
@raw has a comprehensi(e selection of connectors on a Connectors toolbar $-igure 1<B& to help you connect obAects in' for e.ample' a flowchart or organi4ation chart. To open this toolbar' clic* the small triangle to the right of the Connector icon on the @rawing toolbar. ote that this icon changes shape depending on the last connector tool used. This toolbar can become a floating toolbar by clic*ing on the bottom of the popDup toolbar and dragging it into your wor*space.

$igure !*>: 4onnector toolbar

"(pes of connectors
Connectors fall into four type groups%

,tandard connectors $-igure 1<<& Q the line segments run (ertically and hori4ontally. @raws
a connector with one or more =0Ddegree angle bends. Clic* on an obAect glue point on an obAect' drag to a glue point on another obAect' then release.

$igure !**: ,tandard connectors

Line connectors $-igure 1<=& Q consist of a line segment with two smaller segments at the
ends. @raws a connector that bends near a glue point. Clic* on an obAect glue point' drag to a glue point on another obAect' then release. To adAust the length of the line segment between a bend point and a glue point' clic* the connector and drag the bend point.

!"8

LibreOffice .! Draw Guide

$igure !*-: Line connectors

,traight connectors $-igure 1=0& Q consist of a single line. @raws a straight line connector.
Clic* on an obAect glue point' drag to a glue point on another obAect' then release.

$igure !-8: ,traight connectors

4urved connectors $-igure 1=1& Q are based on 8E4ier cur(es and cur(e around obAects.
@raws a cur(ed line connector. Clic* on an obAect glue point' drag to a glue point on another obAect' then release.

$igure !-!: 4urved connectors

$ddin! connectors
1hen you select a connector and mo(e the mouse pointer o(er a filled obAect or the edge of an unfilled obAect' glue points appear. ) glue point is a fi.ed point where you can attach a connector line. You can also add custom glue points to an obAect' see OGlue pointsP on page 1C3 for more information.

$igure !-9: 4onnector between two ob:ects

4hapter * 4onnections? $lowcharts? and Organi0ation 4harts

!"!

To draw a connector' select the connector type and clic* on a glue point on an obAect. @rag the cursor to a glue point on another obAect and then release. -igure 1=2 shows a line connector drawn between two obAects. 5emember not to drag the connector so that it o(erlaps or touches any obAects and creates a confusing drawing. ?f this does happen' see O,odifying connectorsP below on how to change the connector route to a(oid any obAects the connector crosses o(er. You can also drag a connector to an empty part of your document. 1hen you release the mouse button' the unattached end of the connector is loc*ed into place until you drag the end to a different location.

Modif(in! connectors
To detach or reposition a connector' clic* and drag either end of the connector line to a different location. To change the connector route between obAects a(oiding any obAects on the route' clic* on a control point on the connector line and drag it to a new position. ?n -igure 1=2' the control points are shown as small red s>uares at the point where the connector changes direction. To modify a connector' rightDclic* on the connector and select Connector from the conte.t menu to open the Connector dialog $-igure 1=3&. !se this doialog to change connector type and its properties.

:ine skew Q defines the s*ew of the line and the dialog pre(iew displays the result. :ine spacing Q sets the spacing for the connectors. @egin hori0ontal Q enter the amount of hori4ontal space you want at the beginning of
the connector.

@egin vertical Q enter the amount of (ertical space you want at the beginning of the connector. &nd hori0ontal Q enter the amount of hori4ontal space you want at the end of the connector. &nd vertical Q enter the amount of (ertical space you want at the end of the connector.

$igure !-3: 4onnector dialog

!"9

LibreOffice .! Draw Guide

?ote

You cannot swap the ends of the connector using this dialog' that is start point becomes the end point and the end point becomes the start point. To swap the ends of a connector' you ha(e to draw a new connector.

;lue points
Glue points are not the same as the selection handles of an obAect. The selection handles are for mo(ing or changing the shape of an obAectJ see 4hapter 3 ;or3ing with Ob:ects and Ob:ect #oints for more information. Glue points are used to fi. or glue a connector to an obAect so that when the obAect mo(es' the connector stays fi.ed to the obAect. )ll @raw obAects ha(e glue points' which normally are not displayed and only become (isible when the Connectors icon on the @rawing toolbar is selected. ote that the Connectors icon changes shape depending on the last connector tool used. To add' customi4e or delete glue points to an obAect' go to >iew 9 2oolbars 9 ;luepoints on the main menu bar to open the Gluepoints toolbar $-igure 1=:&. This toolbar only becomes acti(e after you clic* on the ;lue Points icon or select -dit 9 ;lue Points on the main menu bar. -igure 1=2 on page 1C1 shows an e.ample of acti(e glue points.

$igure !- : Gluepoints toolbar

"(pes of !lue points


1hen the ;luepoints toolbar opens' only the si. tools on the left of the toolbar are acti(e. The remaining si. tools on the right of the toolbar only become acti(e when the ;lue Point Aelative icon is deselected. 1ith reference to -igure 1=:' the following briefly describes the function of each tool on the ;luepoint toolbar.

Insert ;lue Point Q inserts a glue point where you clic* in an obAect. -3it irection :eft Q connector attaches to the left edge of the selected glue point. -3it irection 2op Q connector attaches to the top edge of the selected glue point.
4hapter * 4onnections? $lowcharts? and Organi0ation 4harts !"3

-3it irection Aight Q connector attaches to the right edge of the selected glue point. -3it irection #ottom Q connector attaches to the bottom edge of the selected glue point. ;lue Point Aelative Q maintains the relati(e position of a selected glue point when you
resi4e an obAect. This tool is selected by default when the ;luepoint toolbar opens. The following si. tools only become acti(e when this tool is deselected.

;lue Point 8ori1ontal :eft Q when the obAect is resi4ed' the current glue point remains
fi.ed to the left edge of the obAect.

;lue Point 8ori1ontal Center Q when the obAect is resi4ed' the current glue point remains
fi.ed to the center of the obAect.

;lue Point 8ori1ontal Aight Q when the obAect is resi4ed' the current glue point remains
fi.ed to the right edge of the obAect.

;lue Point >ertical 2op Q when the obAect is resi4ed' the current glue point remains fi.ed
to the top edge of the obAect.

;lue Point >ertical Center Q when the obAect is resi4ed' the current glue point remains
fi.ed to the (ertical center of the obAect.

;lue Point >ertical #ottom Q when the obAect is resi4ed' the current glue point remains
fi.ed to the bottom edge of the obAect.
3ach glue point you ha(e added can ha(e only one hori4ontal position and one (ertical position. 9nly one of the hori4ontal position tools and one of the (ertical position tools can be selected and used at any one time.

?ote

$ddin! !lue points


8y default' most obAects normally ha(e four glue points. To add e.tra glue points to an obAect or to an obAect that does not ha(e glue points' proceed as follows% 1& ,a*e sure no obAects are selected and clic* on the ;lue Points icon or select -dit 9 ;lue Points on the main menu bar. Glue points will appear as small crosses on obAects $-igure 1=2 on page 1C1&. 2& ?f the ;luepoints toolbar $-igure 1=: on page 1C3& does not open' go to >iew 9 2oolbars 9 ;luepoints on the main menu bar. 3& +elect the obAect and then the Insert ;lue Point icon . :& ,o(e your cursor to a position where you want the glue point on an obAect and clic* to insert the glue point. C& To mo(e a glue point to another position' clic* on the glue point and drag it to its new position. Guide lines automatically appear when mo(ing glue points.
1hen adding' mo(ing or customi4ing glue points' it is recommended to use the 4oom function to ma*e it easier to wor* with glue points. +ee 4hapter 3 ;or3ing with Ob:ects and Ob:ect #oints for more information.

2ip

%usto#i&in! !lue points


9nly glue points that ha(e added to an obAect can be customi4ed. The default glue points included with an obAect cannot be customi4ed.

!"

LibreOffice .! Draw Guide

1& ,a*e sure no obAects are selected and clic* on the ;lue Points icon or select -dit 9 ;lue Points on the main menu bar. Glue points will appear as small crosses on obAects $-igure 1=2 on page 1C1&. 2& ?f the ;luepoints toolbar $-igure 1=: on page 1C3& does not open' go to >iew 9 2oolbars 9 ;luepoints on the main menu bar. 3& ,a*e sure the obAect is not selected and doubleDclic* on a glue point that you ha(e added to select the glue point. :& +elect the e.it directions you want to use for connectors and doubleDclic* again on the glue point to customi4e the glue point. C& To use hori4ontal and (ertical positioning' clic* on the ;lue Point Aelative icon or rightD clic* on the glue point and select Adapt Position to &b'ect from the conte.t menu to deselect this tool. 7& +elect the hori4ontal and (ertical positioning tools you want to use and doubleDclic* on the glue point to customi4e the glue point. 9nly one hori4ontal positioning tool and one (ertical positioning tool can be used at any one time.

Deletin! !lue points


9nly glue points that ha(e added to an obAect can be deleted. The default glue points included with an obAect cannot be deleted. 1& ,a*e sure no obAects are selected and clic* on the ;lue Points icon or select -dit 9 ;lue Points on the main menu bar. Glue points will appear as small crosses on obAects $-igure 1=2 on page 1C1&. 2& ,a*e sure the obAect is not selected and doubleDclic* on a glue point that you ha(e added to select the glue point. 3& 5ightDclic* on the glue point and select Cut from the conte.t menu' or press the Delete *ey on the *eyboard' or go to -dit 9 Cut on the main menu bar.

Connector te3t
Te.t can be easily added to connectors' then formatted or edited to ma*e' for e.ample' your flowchart or organi4ation chart easier to follow. +ee 4hapter 9 Drawing @asic ,hapes and 4hapter - )dvanced Draw %echniBues for more information on wor*ing with te.t.

$ddin! text
1& +elect the connector.and the control points become acti(e. 2& Clic* on the 2e3t icon or 2e3t >ertical icon on the @rawing toolbar and the familiar flashing te.t cursor appears close to the connector. The 2e3t Formatting toolbar replaces the :ine and Filling toolbar. 3& !se the 2e3t Formatting toolbar or Format and 2ools on the main menu bar to change the default format of the te.t. :& Type the te.t and' when you ha(e finished typing the te.t and using the te.t tools' mo(e the cursor away from the obAects and connector and clic* to end the te.t mode. The :ine and Filling toolbar then replaces the 2e3t Formatting toolbar.

For#attin! and editin! text


1& Clic* on the connector te.t to enter te.t editing mode. The 2e3t Formatting toolbar replaces the :ine and Filling toolbar under the menu bar.

4hapter * 4onnections? $lowcharts? and Organi0ation 4harts

!""

2& "erform any changes to the te.t using the te.t tools pro(ided on the 2e3t Formatting toolbar or Format and 2ools on the main menu bar. You can also rightDclic* on the te.t and select te.t tools from the conte.t menu. 3& 5ightDclic* on the connector te.t and select 2e3t from the conte.t menu or go to Format 9 2e3t to open the 2e3t dialog $-igure 1=C& where you can change the 2e3t anchor and $pacing to borders.

$igure !-": %e't dialog


) connector has an in(isible rectangle around it. 2e3t anchor will position the te.t within this in(isible rectangle and $pacing to borders will create margins between the te.t and the borders. These options are in addition to the standard te.t tools.

?ote

:& Clic* on the 2e3t Animation tab where you can animate the te.t. 0owe(er' this is not recommended unless you are going to display the drawing as part of a presentation. +ee the /mpress Guide for more information on te.t animation. C& 1hen you ha(e finished formatting and editing your te.t' mo(e the cursor away from the obAects and connector and clic* to end the te.t mode. The :ine and Filling toolbar then replaces the 2e3t Formatting toolbar.

Flowcharts
-or drawing flowcharts $also *nown as flow diagrams&' @raw has a Flowchart toolbar that includes a large selection of flowchart tools to help you to easily draw a flowchart.$-igure 1=7&. Clic* on the small triangle to the right of the Flowchart icon on the @rawing toolbar to open the Flowchart toolbar. ote that this icon changes shape depending on the last flowchart tool used. This toolbar can become a floating toolbar by clic*ing on the bottom of the popDup toolbar and dragging it into your wor*space. 1& 1hen adding obAects to your flowchart' see 4hapter 9 Drawing @asic ,hapes for information on how to draw and resi4e obAect shapes.

!"<

LibreOffice .! Draw Guide

2& )dd te.t to each flowchart shape to ma*e it easily identified in the flowchart. +ee 4hapter 9 Drawing @asic ,hapes and 4hapter - )dvanced Draw %echniBues for more information. 3& !se connections lines in your flowchart. This allows repositioning of an obAect in your chart while maintaining connections with the other obAects in the chart. +ee OConnectorsP on page 1C0 for more information. :& !se the 4oom' grid and snap functions to help in positioning obAects in your flowchart. +ee 4hapter 3 ;or3ing with Ob:ects and Ob:ect #oints for more information.

$igure !-<: $lowchart toolbar C& !se the alignment and distribution functions to gi(e your flowchart a more professional loo*. +ee 4hapter " 4ombining Eultiple Ob:ects for more information. 7& @uplicate obAects when you re>uire more than one of the same shape and si4e. +ee 4hapter " 4ombining Eultiple Ob:ects for more information.

4hapter * 4onnections? $lowcharts? and Organi0ation 4harts

!">

&rgani1ation charts
@raw does not ha(e a toolbar for organi4ation charts' but these charts are easily created using basic shapes' flowchart shapes' connection points and connector lines. 0ierarchy in an organi4ation is easily indicated using shading and/or color. 1hen using shading and color in an organi4ation chart' ma*e sure that your choices pro(ide a good contrast between the te.t and the shading or color to ma*e the chart easy to read on a computer display or in a printed document. )n e.ample of an organi4ation chart is shown in -igure 1=B. This was drawn using the process shape from the Flowchart toolbar and connection lines. 1& 1hen adding obAects to your chart' see 4hapter 9 Drawing @asic ,hapes for information on how to draw and resi4e obAect shapes. 2& )dd te.t to each obAect in the organi4ation chart to ma*e it easily identified in the chart. +ee 4hapter 9 Drawing @asic ,hapes and 4hapter - )dvanced Draw %echniBues for mare information. 3& !se connections lines in your organi4ation chart. This allows repositioning of an obAect in your chart while maintaining connections with the other obAects in the chart. +ee OConnectorsP on page 1C0 for more information. :& !se the 4oom' grid and snap functions to help in positioning obAects in your chart. +ee 4hapter 3 ;or3ing with Ob:ects and Ob:ect #oints for more information. C& !se the alignment and distribution functions to gi(e your organi4ation chart a more professional loo*. +ee 4hapter " 4ombining Eultiple Ob:ects for more information. 7& @uplicate obAects when you re>uire more than one of the same shape and si4e. +ee 4hapter " 4ombining Eultiple Ob:ects for more information.

$igure !->: &'ample organi0ation chart

!"*

LibreOffice .! Draw Guide

4hapter )dding and $ormatting %e't

Introduction
1hen te.t is used in drawings' it is contained in te.t bo.es. This chapter describes how to create' format' use' and delete te.t. ?t also discusses the (arious types of te.t that can be inserted into a drawing. -inally' it pro(ides information on how to insert special forms of te.t such as numbered or bulleted lists' tables' fields' and hyperlin*s.

@sing the te3t tool


To acti(ate the te.t tool' clic* the 2e3t icon (ertical te.t on the rawing toolbar. for hori4ontal te.t or the >ertical 2e3t icon for

?f the >ertical 2e3t icon is not (isible' select the option ,how +/ elements for &ast )sian writings in 2ools 9 &ptions 9 :anguage $ettings 9 :anguages. 5ightDclic* on the rawing toolbar and go to >isible #uttons 9 >ertical 2e3t and the icon will be placed on the toolbar. )fter acti(ating the te.t tool' the 2e3t Formatting toolbar $-igure 1=<& replaces the :ine and Filling toolbar at the top of the drawing wor*space. Clic* at the location where you want to position the te.t and a small te.t frame appears containing only the cursor. 1hen the 2e3t icon is selected' you can select font type' font si4e' and other te.t properties before you start typing te.t. )s you type the te.t' the left corner of the status bar indicates that you are in te.t edit mode and the position of your cursor $-igure 1==&. 9nce you ha(e finished typing your te.t and clic*ed outside the te.t frame or selected another tool from the rawing toolbar' the 2e3t Formatting toolbar is replaced by the default :ine and Filling toolbar.

$igure !-*: %e't $ormatting toolbar

$igure !--: %e't information on the status bar

@sing te3t bo3es


!sing te.t bo.es' you can place te.t anywhere on your drawingJ for e.ample' a caption for a shapeJ an e.planatory noteJ a title bloc* for the drawing similar to those used in engineering drawings.

!<8

LibreOffice .! Draw Guide

Creating a te3t bo3


1& Clic* the 2e3t icon or the >ertical 2e3t icon on the rawing toolbar. 2& Clic* and drag to draw a te.t bo. on the drawing. This sets the width. The height of the te.t bo. automatically increases as you type or add te.t. 3& 5elease the mouse button when you ha(e reached the desired width for your te.t bo.. The cursor appears in the te.t bo. and the te.t bo. has a hashed border indicating edit mode $-igure 200&.

$igure 988: %e't bo' in edit mode :& Type or paste your te.t in the te.t bo.. The status bar at the bottom of your drawing wor*space will indicate that you are in te.t edit mode and the cursor position within the te.t bo.. C& Clic* outside the te.t bo. to deselect it. 7& To reposition the te.t bo. to a different location in your drawing' see O,o(ing a te.t bo.P below and to change the width' see O5esi4ing a te.t bo.P below.

+oving a te3t bo3


1& Clic* on the te.t to switch the te.t bo. into edit mode. The te.t bo. has a hashed border (isible around the edges $-igure 200&. 2& ,o(e the cursor o(er the hashed border. The cursor changes shape to the mo(e symbol for your computer setup $for e.ample' a clenched hand&. 3& 1hen the mo(e symbol appears' clic* once again on the hashed border and selection handles appear. :& 1ith the cursor on the hashed border $but not on a selection handle&' clic* and drag to mo(e the te.t bo. to a new position. ) semiDtransparent copy of the te.t bo. shows where your te.t bo. will be placed $-igure 201&. )lso' depending on computer setup' guide lines may appear while you mo(e the te.t bo.. C& 5elease the mouse button when the te.t bo. is in the desired position.

$igure 98!: Eoving a te't bo'

Aesi1ing a te3t bo3


1& Clic* on the te.t to switch the te.t bo. into edit mode. The te.t bo. has a hashed border (isible around the edges $-igure 200&.

4hapter - )dding and $ormatting %e't

!<!

2& ,o(e the cursor o(er the hashed border. The cursor changes shape to the mo(e symbol for your computer setup $for e.ample' a clenched hand&. 3& 1hen the mo(e symbol appears' clic* once again on the hashed border and selection handles appear. :& ,o(e the cursor o(er one of the selection handles and the cursor changes shape to the resi4ing symbol for your computer setup $for e.ample' a double headed arrow&. C& Clic* and drag the border to a new position to resi4e the te.t bo. $-igure 202&. @epending on computer setup' guide lines may appear while you mo(e the te.t bo.. 7& 5elease the mouse button when the te.t bo. reaches the desired si4e.

$igure 989: 2esi0ing a te't bo'


!se the selection handles at the top and bottom of the te.t bo. to resi4e the te.t bo. height.

?ote

!se the selection handles at the left and right side of the te.t bo. to resi4e the te.t bo. width. !se the corner selection handles to resi4e the height and width of the te.t bo. while maintaining the aspect ratio of the te.t bo.. To maintain the aspect ratio of a te.t bo. while resi4ing' press and hold the ,hift *ey0 then clic* and drag. ,a*e sure to release the mouse button before releasing the ,hift *ey.

2ip

@sing the Position and $i1e dialog


-or more accurate control o(er the si4e and position of a te.t bo. you can use the Position and $i1e dialog. 1& Clic* on the te.t to switch the te.t bo. into edit mode. 2& "ress the $ *ey or select Format 9 Position and $i1e from the menu bar to open the "osition and +i4e dialog $-igure 203&. The options a(ailable on the Position and $i1e dialog are as follows%

Position Q specifies the location of the selected obAect on the page. #osition F Q enter the hori4ontal distance that you want to mo(e the obAect relati(e to
the base point selected in the grid.

#osition G Q enter the (ertical distance that you want to mo(e the obAect relati(e to the base point selected in the grid.

#ase point Q clic* a base point in the grid and then enter the amount that you want to shift
the obAect relati(e to the base point that you selected in the "osition Y and "osition H bo.es. The base points correspond to the selection handles on an obAect.

!<9

LibreOffice .! Draw Guide

$igure 983: #osition and ,i0e dialog

$i1e Q specifies the amount by which you want to resi4e the selected obAect with respect to
the selected base point. ;idth Q enter a width for the selected obAect. (eight Q enter a height for the selected obAect. Heep ratio Q maintains proportions when you resi4e the selected obAect.

#ase point Q clic* a base point in the grid and then enter the new si4e dimensions for the
selected obAect in the 1idth and 0eight bo.es.

Protect Q pre(ents any editing of an obAect. #osition Q pre(ents changes to the position or the si4e of the selected obAect. ,i0e Q pre(ents you from resi4ing the obAect. Adapt Q resi4es te.t in a drawing obAect with respect to the borders of the selected obAect. $it width to te't Q resi4es the te.t to fit the width of the selected obAect. $it height to te't Q resi4es the te.t to fit the height of the selected obAect.

eleting a te3t bo3


1& Clic* on the te.t to switch the te.t bo. into edit mode. 2& ,o(e the cursor o(er the hashed border. The cursor changes shape to the mo(e symbol for your computer setup $for e.ample' a clenched hand&. 3& 1hen the mo(e symbol appears' clic* once again on the hashed border and selection handles appear. :& "ress the Delete *ey.

2ip

+ometimes it is >uic*er to to delete a te.t bo. by dragging a selection rectangle around the te.t bo. and then hitting the Delete *ey. Ta*e care to a(oid selecting and accidentally deleting other te.t bo.es or shapes.

4hapter - )dding and $ormatting %e't

!<3

@sing te3t with raw ob'ects


Te.t can be added to most @raw obAects. The e.ceptions are control elements li*e buttons' list bo.es' or 3@ obAects. )n obAect is not dynamic and does not beha(e li*e a te.t frame. To *eep te.t within the borders of the obAect' you ha(e to use paragraphs' line brea*s' smaller te.t si4e' increasing the obAect si4e' or a combination of all four methods. To add te.t to an obAect% 1& +elect the obAect. 2& +elect the 2e3t icon on the rawing toolbar and a te.t cursor starts flashing in the center of the selected obAect. 3& +tart typing your te.t $-igure 20:&. The status bar will indicate that you are editing te.t' as shown in -igure 1==. :& )lternati(ely' doubleDclic* on an obAect to enter te.t editing mode. ?f doubleDclic*ing does not
wor*' then open the 9ptions toolbar and select the ouble5click to edit 2e3t icon .

$igure 98 : )dding te't to an ob:ect

Inserting te3t
Pasting te3t
Te.t may be inserted into a te.t bo. or obAect by copying it from another document and pasting it into a te.t bo. or obAect on your drawing. 0owe(er' pasted te.t may not match the formatting of the te.t that has already been included on your drawing. This may be what you want on some occasions' but in most cases it is better to ma*e sure that te.t format is consistent throughout your drawing.

'astin! unfor#atted text


?t is good practice to paste te.t without formatting and apply the formatting later so it matches the te.t already in your drawing or ma*e the te.t fit within the borders of an obAect. 1& Copy the te.t you want to use' then mo(e your cursor into position on your drawing. 2& Go to -dit 9 Paste $pecial on the main menu bar or use the *eyboard shortcut 4ontrol5,hift5V or clic* on the small triangle ne.t on the right of the Paste icon on the $tandard toolbar. 3& +elect @nformatted te3t from the dialog or conte.t menu that appears. The te.t will be pasted at the cursor position and formatted to the default paragraph style of the te.t bo. or obAect.

!<

LibreOffice .! Draw Guide

For#attin! pasted text


1& +elect the te.t you ha(e Aust pasted $see O+electing te.tP on page 17B for more information&. 2& !se the formatting tools that are a(ailable on the 2e3t Formatting toolbar' or go to Format on the main menu bar and select a formatting tool from the drop down menu' or rightDclic* on the te.t and select a formatting tool from the conte.t menu. 3& )lternati(ely' go to Format 9 $tyles and Formatting or press the $!! *ey to open the $tyles and Formatting dialog. +ee O!sing stylesP on page 17B for more information.

Inserting special characters


To insert special characters' such as copyright' math' geometric' monetary symbols' or characters from another language% 1& Clic* on the 2e3t icon and then clic* in the te.t where you want to insert the character. 2& Go to Insert 9 $pecial Character on the main menu bar or rightDclic* and select $pecial Characters from the conte.t menu to open the $pecial Characters dialog $-igure 20C&. 3& )lternati(ely' clic* on the $pecial Character icon on the 2e3t Formatting toolbar to open the $pecial Characters dialog. ?f this icon is not (isible' rightDclic* in an empty on the toolbar and select >isible #uttons 9 $pecial Character from the conte.t menu and the icon will be placed on the toolbar. :& +elect the font and character subset from the $ont and ,ubset options in the $pecial Characters dialog. C& +elect the character you want to insert. You may ha(e to scroll to find the character you want. 7& Clic* &=.

$igure 98": ,pecial 4haracters dialog


Characters you select will be inserted in the order they were selected' e(en if you accidentally clic* on the wrong character. Clic*ing on another character will only add it to the ones being inserted. Clic* elete to delete all the characters selected' then clic* on the correct characters.

?ote

4hapter - )dding and $ormatting %e't

!<"

Inserting non5breaking spaces and hyphens


1here it is not desirable for words that are separated by a space or a hyphen to span o(er two lines' or where an optional hyphen is desired' you can insert a special formatting mar*. @raw supports the following formatting mar*s%

?on5breaking space Q inserts a space that will *eep bordering characters together on line
brea*s.

?on5breaking hyphen Q inserts a hyphen that will *eep bordering characters together on
line brea*s.

&ptional hyphen Q inserts an in(isible hyphen within a word that will appear and create a
line brea* once it becomes the last character in a line.

?o5width optional break Q inserts an in(isible space within a word that will insert a line
brea* once it becomes the last character in a line. 9nly a(ailable when comple. te.t layout $CT#& is enabled.

?o5width no break Q inserts an in(isible space within a word that will *eep the word
together at the end of a line. 9nly a(ailable when comple. te.t layout $CT#& is enabled.

:eft5to5right mark Q inserts a te.t direction mar* that affects the te.t direction of any te.t
following the mar*. 9nly a(ailable when comple. te.t layout $CT#& is enabled.

Aight5to5left mark Q inserts a te.t direction mar* that affects the te.t direction of any te.t
following the mar*. 9nly a(ailable when comple. te.t layout $CT#& is enabled. To insert a nonDbrea*ing space' or hyphens' or access the formatting mar*s% 1& Clic* on the 2e3t icon and place the cursor in the te.t where you want to use formatting mar*s. 2& Go to Insert 9 Formatting +ark on the main menu bar. 3& +elect the formatting mar* you want to use from the conte.t menu that opens. ) nonDbrea*ing space can be inserted using the *eyboard shortcut is 4trl5,hift5,pace. ) noDwidthDoptional brea* can be inserted using the *eyboard shortcut is 4trl5,lash.

Formatting te3t
The appropriate use of te.t formatting can gi(e te.t in a drawing a consistent loo*' ma*ing your drawing loo* more professional without any distracting elements.
+ometimes it is (ery useful to reDapply the default style to a selection of te.t remo(ing any manual formatting applied to it' especially if a mista*e has been made and you are not sure how to undo it. To re(ert bac* to the default style' select the manually formatted te.t and then select Format 9 efault formatting from the main menu bar.

2ip

-ormatting te.t may re>uire some inter(ention in three areas%

Character attributes $for e.ample' font color or emphasis& "aragraph attributes $for e.ample' alignment or spacing& #ist attributes $for e.ample' type of bullet or indent spacing&
?n some cases it is >uic*er and more efficient to apply manual formattingJ but in situations where you need to perform the same modifications to many different parts of the drawing' the use of styles is recommended.

!<<

LibreOffice .! Draw Guide

$electing te3t
Te.t must be selected before it can be formatted. To format all the te.t in a te.t bo.% 1& Clic* on the 2e3t icon and then clic* once on the te.t. 2& Clic* once on the border of the te.t bo.. The selection handles are displayed. 3& Go to Format on the main menu bar or rightDclic* in the te.t bo. and select the type of formatting re>uired' for e.ample Character or Paragraph. :& )ny formatting changes will apply to all the te.t in the te.t bo.. To format only part of the te.t in a te.t bo. or obAect% 1& Clic* on the 2e3t icon and then clic* once on the te.t. 2& +elect the te.t to be formatted by clic*ing and dragging o(er it $highlighting&. You can also use the following *eyboard shortcut combinations to select te.t after positioning the cursor where you want to begin your selection% a& "ress ,hift then use the arrow *eys to e.tend your selection. b& "ress ,hift54trl then use the arrow *eys to select whole words. c& "ress ,hift5(ome to select to the beginning of the line. d& "ress ,hift5&nd to select to the end of the line. 3& Go to Format on the main menu bar or rightDclic* in the te.t bo. and select the type of formatting re>uired' for e.ample Character or 2e3t. :& )lternati(ely' use the tools on the Te.t -ormatting toolbar to format the te.t. C& )ny formatting changes will apply only to the selected te.t.

@sing styles
9nly graphic styles are a(ailable in @raw to format te.t. 3ach graphic style listed in the $tyles and Formatting dialog $-igure 207& has default settings for formatting and layout. You can create new styles and modify the styles supplied with @raw.

$igure 98<: ,t1les and $ormatting dialog

4hapter - )dding and $ormatting %e't

!<>

$igure 98>: Graphic ,t1les dialog

%reatin! st(les
1& Go to Format 9 $tyles and Formatting on the main menu bar or press the $!! *ey to open the $tyles and Formatting dialog $-igure 207&. 2& 5ightDclic* on a style name and select ?ew from the conte.t menu to open the ;raphic $tyles dialog $-igure 20B&. 3& !sing the ;raphic $tyles dialog' set all the attributes for your te.t and paragraph by clic*ing on the (arious tabbed pages that are a(ailable. :& Clic* &= when finished and your new style is added to the list in the $tyles and Formatting dialog. C& )lternati(ely' select your te.t and perform all the changes to format' then clic* on the ?ew $tyle from $election icon to open the Create $tyle dialog. 7& Type a uni>ue style name and clic* &=. This closes the Create $tyle dialog and your new style is added to the list in the $tyles and Formatting dialog.

Modif(in! st(les
1& Go to Format 9 $tyles and Formatting on the main menu bar or press the $!! *ey to open the $tyles and Formatting dialog $-igure 207&. 2& 5ightDclic* on the style to be modified and select +odify from the conte.t menu to open the ;raphic $tyles dialog $-igure 20B&. 3& !sing the ;raphic $tyles dialog' modify all the attributes for your te.t and paragraph by clic*ing on the (arious tabbed pages that are a(ailable. :& Clic* &= when finished ma*ing changes and the style is sa(ed with the new format attributes. C& )lternati(ely' select your te.t and perform all the changes to format' then select a style in the $tyles and Formatting dialog. 7& Clic* on the @pdate $tyle icon and the style is sa(ed with the new format attributes.

Formatting characters
Te.t characters can be independently formatted from the format used for a paragraph of te.t. This character formatting will also o(erride any formatting that has been applied using a graphic style. ote that character styles are not a(ailable in @raw.

!<*

LibreOffice .! Draw Guide

1& Clic* on the 2e3t icon' then select the characters you want to format. 2& Go to Format U Character on the main menu bar' or clic* the Character icon on the 2e3t Formatting toolbar' or rightDclic* on the selected character and select Character to open the Character dialog $-igure 20<&. 3& ,a*e your changes to the character formatting using the tabbed pages' then clic* &= to sa(e your changes. :& Clic* Aeset to cancel any changes you ha(e made to the character format and the characters re(ert bac* to the original paragraph formatting.

$igure 98*: 4haracter dialog The tabbed pages in the Character dialog are used as follows%

Font Q select the desired font type' its base attributes $/talic' #old' #anguage and so on& as
well as the si4e. ) sample of the font is displayed in the lower part of the dialog. This font page is also a(ailable when creating or modifying a graphics style. ?f support for )sian language and Comple. Te.t #ayout $CT#& font has been enabled $2ools 9 &ptions 9 :anguage $ettings 9 :anguages&' then the -ont page is di(ided into three parts for 1estern' )sian and CT# te.t fonts allowing you to specify te.t fonts and their attributes for the maAority of font families.

Font -ffects Q apply special effects to the te.t' such as o(er lining and underlining' color'
shadow and so on. ) sample of the te.t is displayed in the lower part of the dialog as a >uic* (isual chec* of the effects applied. This page is also a(ailable when creating or modifying a graphics style.

Position Q sets the te.t position relati(e to the baseline when you need to insert subscripts
or superscripts. This page is not a(ailable when creating or modifying a graphics style.

,caling Q specifies the percentage of the font width by which to compress or e.pand the individual characters of the selected te.t. ,pacing Q sets the spacing between the characters of the font' which can be defined in number of points.
!<-

4hapter - )dding and $ormatting %e't

#air 3erning Q automatically adAusts the spacing between certain pairs of characters to (isually impro(e the appearance.

Formatting paragraphs
"aragraph formatting will o(erride any formatting that has been applied using a graphic style. 1& Clic* on the 2e3t icon then select the paragraph you want to format. 2& Go to Format U Paragraph on the main menu bar' or clic* the Paragraph icon on the 2e3t Formatting toolbar' or rightDclic* on the selected te.t and select Paragraph to open the Paragraph dialog $-igure 20=&. 3& ,a*e your changes to the paragraph formatting using the tabbed pages then clic* &= to sa(e your changes. :& Clic* Aeset to cancel any changes you ha(e made to the paragraph format and the te.t re(erts bac* to its original formatting.

$igure 98-: #aragraph dialog The tabbed pages in the Paragraph dialog are used as follows%

?ndents and $pacing Q determines the indents and spacing used in a paragraph. /ndent Q modifies the indentation of the te.t $before and after& as well as the indentation
of the first line.

,pacing Q defines the space before and after each paragraph formatted with the style. Line spacing Q determines the spacing between two lines formatted with the style. ote that selecting #roportional spacing re>uires specifying the percentage of a line to be used as spacingJ 100N single line' 200N double line' C0N half a line. ?f Leading is selected' specify the amount of line spacing in your default unit of measurement.
+etting line spacing to less than 100N is a good method to cram a lot of te.t into a te.t bo.' howe(er care must be ta*en as too small a (alue will ma*e the te.t hard to read.

2ip

!>8

LibreOffice .! Draw Guide

2ip

You can change the default unit of measurement by going to 2ools 9 &ptions 9 :ibre&ffice raw 9 ;eneral.

Alignment Q determines the paragraph alignment% #eft' 5ight' Center' or /ustified. )


pre(iew shows the effects of the changes. This page is also a(ailable in the graphics styles dialog. The same alignment options can be accessed using the paragraph alignment icons on the 2e3t Formatting toolbar.

?ote

?f you ha(e 4omple' %e't La1out enabled in 2ools 9 &ptions 9 :anguage $ettings 9 :anguages' an e.tra selection T %e't Direction T appears at the bottom of the dialogJ you can choose #eftDtoDright or 5ightDtoDleft.

2abs Q determines the tab stops. This page is also a(ailable in the graphics styles dialog. Asian 2ypography Q sets the following properties relati(e to line changes and is only
a(ailable if &nabled for )sian Languages is selected in 2ools 9 &ptions 9 :anguage $ettings 9 :anguages. This page is also a(ailable in the graphics styles dialog.

)pply list of forbidden characters to the beginning and end of lines. )llow hanging punctuation. )pply spacing between )sian' #atin and Comple. te.t.

Creating bulleted and numbered lists


8ulleted and numbered lists can be created in te.t bo.es' shapes and obAects. 1hen creating lists in shapes and obAects' remember that shapes and obAects are not dynamic and do not e.pand as you create a list.

$igure 9!8: @ullets and Iumbering dialog

4hapter - )dding and $ormatting %e't

!>!

Creating lists
1& Clic* on the 2e3t icon then select the te.t you want to use for a bulleted list. 2& Go to Format U #ullets and ?umbering on the main menu bar' or rightDclic* on the selected te.t and select #ullets and ?umbering to open the #ullets and ?umbering dialog $-igure 210&. 3& +elect the list style from the @ullets' Iumbering or Graphics pages then clic* &= to sa(e your changes. :& )lternati(ely' clic* the #ullets &nE&ff icon on the 2e3t Formatting toolbar. This >uic*ly creates a list using the pre(iously selected settings in the #ullets and ?umbering dialog. C& Clic* Aeset to cancel any changes you ha(e made and the te.t re(erts bac* to its original formatting.

-diting and customi1ing a list


You can edit and customi4e the appearance of a list by changing the bullet type or numbering for the entire list or single entry or the outline le(el of a list item. )ll changes are made using the #ullets and ?umbering dialog.

Editin! a list
1& Clic* on the 2e3t icon' then select the list or the items in the list that you want to edit and customi4e. 2& Go to Format U #ullets and ?umbering0 or rightDclic* on the selected te.t and select #ullets and ?umbering to open the #ullets and ?umbering dialog $-igure 210&. 3& +elect a new list style from the @ullets' Iumbering or Graphics pages. :& Clic* &= to sa(e your changes.

%/an!in! position
!se the #osition page $-igure 211& to adAust the outline le(el' indentation and spacing of bullet points and the associated te.t. This page is particularly effecti(e when used in combination with the 4ustomi0e page. To set up an outline le(el% 1& +elect an outline le(el from the list on the left hand side of the page or select le(els 1 J 1. to modify all le(els simultaneously. 2& +et the Indent' which is the spacing between the bullet or number and the te.t. ?f you select the 5elati(e option' the indent (alue will be measured relati(e to the pre(ious le(el and not from the margin. 3& +et the measurement for %idth of numbering. This is the space to lea(e between the numbering or bullet point and the te.t. :& +et the ?umbering alignment and is normally only used on a numbered list. +etting this option does not set the alignment of the te.t. a& +elect Left to align the numbering at the left edge of the alignment space for numbering. b& +elect 2ight to align the numbering at the right edge of the alignment space for numbering. c& +elect 4entered to align the numbering in the center of the alignment space for numbering. C& Clic* &= to sa(e your changes. 7& To re(ert bac* to the default (alues of the list' clic* Aeset.

!>9

LibreOffice .! Draw Guide

$igure 9!!: @ullets and Iumbering A #osition page


To fully appreciate how ?umbering alignment wor*s' create a numbered list with more than ten elements' ma*ing sure there is enough room for two $or more& numerical characters using the ;idth of numbering field. +elect 2ight alignment and the right edge of the numbers will form a neat' straight line before the te.t.

2ip

%usto#i&in!
!se the 4ustomi0e page $-igure 212& to customi4e the style of all the outline le(els. The options a(ailable on this page depend on the type of mar*er selected for the list. To customi4e a bullet or numbered list% 1& +elect first the le(el you want to modify on the left hand side of the bo.. To modify all le(els at once' select 1 J 1. as the le(el. 1ith le(els being arranged in a hierarchical structure' changing' for e.ample' the font attribute of one of the le(els ripples through all the lower le(els. 2& ,a*e your changes to your list using the options on this page. The pre(iew on the right hand side of the dialog shows the effect of the changes. 3& Clic* &= to sa(e your changes. :& To re(ert bac* to the default (alues of the list' clic* Aeset. @epending on the bullet style selected $bullet' numberingJ graphic&' some of the following options may not be a(ailable on the 4ustomi0e page%

#efore Q enter any te.t to appear before the number $for e.ample' ,tep&. After Q enter any te.t to appear after the number $for e.ample' a punctuation mar*&. Color Q pic* the color for the list mar*er $number or bullet character&. Aelative si1e Q specify the si4e of the number relati(e to the si4e of the characters in the paragraph of the list. instead of 1&.

$tart at Q enter the first (alue of the list $for e.ample' you might want the list to start at :

4hapter - )dding and $ormatting %e't

!>3

$igure 9!9: @ullets and Iumbering A 4ustomi0e page

Character button Q clic* this button to select the special character for the bullet. ;raphics Q opens a gallery of a(ailable graphics or allows the selection of a graphic file
used as a mar*er.

%idth and 8eight% Q specify the dimensions of the graphic mar*er. =eep ratio checkbo3 Q if selected' the ratio between the width and the height of the
graphic mar*er is fi.ed.

@sing tables
Tables are useful when you want to show structured information in your drawing' for e.ample a specification list or drawing title bloc*. You can create tables directly in @raw' eliminating any need to embed a Calc spreadsheet or a 1riter te.t table in your drawing. The tables pro(ided by @raw do ha(e a limited functionality.

Creating a table
1hen wor*ing with tables' it is useful to *now the number of rows and columns needed as well as the appearance. Tables are placed on a drawing in a te.t bo. and cannot be placed into obAects or shapes. )lso' unli*e te.t bo.es and other graphic obAects' tables cannot be rotated.

$igure 9!3: /nsert %able dialog

!>

LibreOffice .! Draw Guide

To insert a table' proceed as follows% 1& Go to Insert 9 2able on the main menu bar to open the Insert 2able dialog $-igure 213&. 2& +elect the number of columns and number of rows for your table. 3& Clic* &= and a table is placed in the center of your drawing inside its own te.t bo.. :& ,o(e your table into position by dragging it to its new position' or using the method in O!sing the "osition and +i4e dialogP on page 172.

+odifying a table
9nce the table is added to your drawing' you can control its appearance' si4e' position and so on using a combination of the tools on the 2able toolbar $-igure 21:& and the Format Cells dialog $-igure 21<&. The 2able toolbar is only acti(e when a table has been selected. ?f the 2able toolbar does not display when you select a table' go to >iew 9 2oolbars 9 2able. ?f it is appended to the rawing toolbar' the 2able toolbar can be e.panded by detaching and mo(ing it.

$igure 9! : %able toolbar and table tools

$igure 9!": %able graphic tool

"able toolbar
The 2able toolbar contains the maAority of the tools you need to manipulate a table. These tools are shown in -igure 21: and described below.
4hapter - )dding and $ormatting %e't !>"

2able Q creates a new table in a drawing. 9pens the Insert 2able dialog $-igure 213&
where you can select the re>uired number of rows and columns. )lternati(ely' clic* on the small triangle ne.t to the 2able icon to open a graphic representation for creating a table $-igure 21C&. To use this tool' mo(e the mouse to the right and down in the grid until you ha(e the columns and rows you re>uire and clic* the left mouse button.

:ine $tyle Q changes the line style of the borders of selected cells. 9pens a new dialog
where you can choose from a range of predefined styles.

:ine color Hof the borderI Q opens a color selection dialog where you can choose the
color of the borders around selected cells.

#orders Q selects predefined border configurations. The borders are applied to the
selected cells. ?f the desired border pattern is not a(ailable' you will need to use the Format Cells dialog.

Area $tyleEFilling Q select the cells to be filled' then select the type of fill from the drop
down list% /nvisible $no color&' 4olor' Gradient' (atching' or @itmap. @epending on the fill type selected' the fillings dropDdown menu is populated with the a(ailable fillings for the fill type selected.

+erge Cells Q merges the selected cells into one cell. ote that the contents of the merged
cells are also merged. You can also merge cells by rightDclic*ing in the selected cells and using the conte.t menu that opens.

$plit Cells Q opposite operation of merging cells. ,a*e sure that the cursor is positioned
on the cell you want to split' then clic* to open the +plit Cells dialog $-igure 217&. +elect the number of cells re>uired from the split as well as whether the cell should be split hori4ontally or (ertically. 1hen splitting hori4ontally' you can select the /nto eBual proportions option to get all cells of e>ual si4e. The contents of the split cell remain in the original cell $the one on the left or top&. You can also split cells by rightDclic*ing in the cell and using the conte.t menu that opens.

$igure 9!<: ,plit 4ells dialog

&ptimi1e Q e(enly distributes the selected cells either hori4ontally or (ertically. ?f you want
to optimi4e the whole table' you can e(enly distribute columns or rows by clic*ing on the small triangle ne.t to the icon and selecting istribute Columns -venly or istribute Aows -6ually.

2op0 Center HverticalI0 #ottomQ you can select the (ertical alignment of te.t in a cell by
selecting the re>uired cells and clic*ing on one of these tools.

Insert Aow' Insert Column' elete Aow' elete Column Q select a row or column and
use these four tools to insert or delete rows and columns into or from your table. 5ows and columns are inserted/deleted below and to the right of the selected cell. You can also select' insert or delete rows and columns by rightDclic*ing a cell and using the conte.t menu that opens.

!><

LibreOffice .! Draw Guide

$elect 2able0 $elect Column0 $elect Aow Q !se these tools to select a table' column or
row if you want to perform the same change to attributes for a table' column or row.

2able esign Q opens the 2able esign dialog $-igure 21B& where you can select a table
style and display options.

$igure 9!>: %able Design dialog

$igure 9!*: $ormat 4ells dialog

4hapter - )dding and $ormatting %e't

!>>

2able Properties Q opens the Format Cells dialog $-igure 21<&' which contains the
following tabbed pages. You can also open this dialog by rightDclic*ing on the table and selecting 2able from the conte.t menu.

$ont Q use to select the desired font type and family' style $/talic' #old' etc.&' si4e and language. ) sample of the font is displayed in the lower part of the dialog. $ont &ffects Q use to apply effects to the te.t% font colorJ reliefJ o(erliningJ stri*ethroughJ underlining and emphasis mar*. @orders Q use to set borders and border properties not a(ailable when using the #orders tool on the 2able toolbarJ line arrangement $default or user defined&' line $style' width' and color& and spacing to contents $cell margins&. @ac3ground Q changes the bac*ground of the selected cells and pro(ides the same functions as the Area $tyleEFilling tool on the 2able toolbar. 2eset Q clic*ing this button resets the table bac* to default (alues.

'osition and si&e


You can change table position and si4e on a drawing by using the mouse or' for more accurate control' with the Position and $i1e dialog $-igure 203 on page 173&. 1hen the table is selected' rightDclic* on the table and select Position and $i1e from the conte.t menu or go to Format 9 Position and $i1e on the main menu bar or press the $ *ey to open the dialog. +ee O!sing the "osition and +i4e dialogP on page 172 for more information.

?ote

!nli*e te.t bo.es and other graphic obAects' tables cannot be rotated.

eleting a table
To delete a table% 1& Clic* and drag o(er the table to select it or select the table then clic* on the te.t bo. border around the table. 2& "ress the Delete *ey.

@sing fields
-ields allow the automatic insertion of te.t into a drawing. You can thin* of a field as a *ind of formula which is calculated when the drawing is loaded or printed and the result is written in the drawing.

Inserting a field
To insert a field into a drawing% 1& ,o(e the cursor where the field will be positioned. The te.t bo. created when you insert a field can be repositioned Aust li*e a te.t bo.. 2& Go to Insert 9 Fields on the main menu bar. 3& +elect a field from the options shown in the conte.t menu. The fields a(ailable in @raw are as follows%

ate Hfi3edI Q inserts the date at the date of inserting the field. ate HvariableI Q inserts a field that is updated with the date at the time of opening the file. 2ime Hfi3edI Q inserts a field displaying the time at the time of insertion.
!>* LibreOffice .! Draw Guide

2ime HvariableI Q inserts a field which is updated with the time at the time of opening the
file.

Author Q inserts the author of the drawing. This information is deri(ed from the (alue
recorded in the general options. To modify this information go to 2ools 9 &ptions 9 :ibre&ffice 9 @ser ata.

Page ?umber Q inserts the page number of the slide. Page Count Q inserts the total number of slides. File ?ame Q inserts a field that contains the name of the file.

Customi1ing fields
The appearance of fields can be customi4ed as follows. The Page ?umber' Page Count' and File ?ame fields cannot be customi4ed. 1& "lace the cursor at the start of the field data and go to -dit 9 Fields 2& +elect the desired format from the options a(ailable in the -dit Field dialog $-igure 21=&. 3& Clic* &=.

$igure 9!-: &dit $ield dialog

@sing hyperlinks
1hen inserting te.t $for e.ample website address or !5#& that can be used as a hyperlin*' @raw formats it automatically' creating the hyperlin* and applying color and underlining. To insert a hyperlin*' or to customi4e the appearance of a hyperlin*' go to Insert 9 8yperlinks on the main menu bar or clic* on the 8yperlink icon dialog $-igure 220&. on the $tandard toolbar to open 8yperlink

9n the left side' select one of the four types of hyperlin*s. The dialog changes according to the type of hyperlin* selected.

Internet Q select whether the lin* is 1eb or -T". 3nter the re>uired web address $!5#&. +ail 4 ?ews Q select whether the lin* is an 3Dmail or news lin*. 3nter the recei(er address
and for email' also the subAect.

4hapter - )dding and $ormatting %e't

!>-

$igure 998: (1perlin3 dialog

ocument Q creates a hyperlin* to another document or to another place in the drawing' commonly referred to as a boo*mar*. 3nter the document path' or clic* on the &pen File icon to open a file browserJ lea(e this blan* if you want to lin* to a target in the same drawing. 9ptionally' you can specify a target $for e.ample. a specific slide&. Clic* on the 2arget icon to open the 2arget in ocument dialog' where you can select the targetJ or' if you *now the name of the target' you can type it into the bo.. newly created document immediately $-dit now& or Aust create it to edit later $-dit later&. Choose the type of document to create $te.t' spreadsheet' etc.&. The $elect path button opens a file browser so that you can choose the directory for the new document.
To pre(ent #ibre9ffice from automatically turning website addresses $!5#s& into hyperlin*s' go to 2ools 9 AutoCorrect 9 &ptions and deselect the @A: Aecognition chec*bo..

?ew ocument Q creates a hyperlin* to a new document. Choose whether to edit the

2ips

To change the color of hyperlin*s' go to 2ools 9 &ptions 9 :ibre&ffice 9 Appearance' scroll to +nvisited lin3s and/or Visited lin3s' select the chec*bo.es' pic* the new colors and clic* &=. Caution% this will change the color for all hyperlin*s in all components of #ibre9ffice which may not be what you want.

The $urther settings section on the 8yperlink dialog is common to all the hyperlin* types' although some choices are more rele(ant to some types of lin*s.

Frame Q determines how the hyperlin* will open. This applies to documents that open in a
1eb browser.

Form Q specifies if the lin* is to be presented as te.t or as a button. +ee O1or*ing with
hyperlin* buttonsP on page 1<1 for more information.

2e3t Q specifies the te.t that will be (isible to the user. ?ame Q applicable to 0T,# documents. ?t specifies te.t that will be added as a NAME
attribute in the 0T,# code behind the hyperlin*.

!*8

LibreOffice .! Draw Guide

-diting te3t hyperlinks


1& +elect the hyperlin* by dragging across the te.t' not clic*ing on it. 2& Go to -dit 9 8yperlink from the main menu bar. 3& ,a*e changes as needed and clic* Apply when done. ?f you need to edit se(eral hyperlin*s' clic* Apply after each one. :& 1hen you are finished editing hyperlin*s' clic* Close.

%orking with hyperlink buttons


) hyperlin* button is inserted in the center of the current drawing. ?n most cases' that is not where you want it to appear. To edit the te.t or si4e of a hyperlin* button' or to mo(e it to another place on the drawing% 1& Go to >iew 9 2oolbars 9 Form Controls on the main menu bar to open the toolbar $-igure 221&. 2& +elect the esign +ode &nE&ff icon. 3& ow clic* on the hyperlin* button and drag it to another position' or rightDclic* to open a dialog where you can change the te.t on the button' the si4e of the button' and other properties. :& 1hen you ha(e finished editing the button' clic* the esign +ode &nE&ff icon again to ma*e the button inacti(e. -or a more detailed description of the properties and how to wor* with -orm Controls' refer to the ;riter Guide.

$igure 99!: $orm 4ontrol toolbar and tools

4hapter - )dding and $ormatting %e't

!*!

4hapter !8 #rinting? &'porting C &-mailing

Printing
Kuick printing
To >uic*ly print a document or drawing' clic* on the Print File irectly icon on the +tandard toolbar to send the entire document to the default printer that is defined for your computer.
You can change the action of the Print File irectly icon by sending a document to the printer defined for the document instead of the default printer for the computer. Go to 2ools 9 &ptions 9 :oadE$ave 9 ;eneral and select the :oad printer settings with the document option.

?ote

Controlling printing
-or more control o(er printing' use the "rint dialog by going to File 9 Print on the main menu bar' or the *eyboard shortcut 4trl5#. The "rint dialog $-igure 222& has four tabs where you can choose a range of options and these are described in the following sections.
The options selected on the "rint dialog only apply to the printing of the current document that is open in @raw. To specify default print settings for #ibre9ffice' go to 2ools 9 &ptions 9 :ibre&ffice 9 Print.

?ote

?ote

?f you ha(e the option +se LibreOffice dialogs selected in 2ools 9 &ptions 9 ;eneral 9 Print dialogs then the "rint dialogs will be similar to the one shown in -igure 222 thru . ?f +se LibreOffice dialogs is not selected' the "rint dialog displayed will depend on your computer setup.

$igure 999. #rint dialog A General page

!*

LibreOffice .! Draw Guide

General pa!e
9n the ;eneral page of the "rint dialog $-igure 222&' you can select%

1hich printer to use from the printers a(ailable in the #rinter section. 1hich pages to print' number of copies to print' whether to collate multiple copies' and
page order for printing in the 2ange and copies section.

LibreOffice Draw pa!e


9n the :ibre&ffice raw page of the "rint dialog $-igure 223&' you can define settings that are specific to the current document type%

?n the 4ontents section' print the page name and/or the date and time on the drawing. ?n the 4olors section' print the drawing in original colors' as a grayscale' or in blac* and
white.

?n the ,i0e section' print the drawing in its original si4e' fit the drawing to the printable area
of the page' print the drawing on multiple sheets of paper if the drawing is too large for the paper si4e being used' or print the drawing as multiple tiles on a sheet of paper.

$igure 993. #rint dialog A LibreOffice Draw page

'a!e La(out pa!e


9n the Page :ayout page of the "rint dialog $-igure 22:&' you can define the page layout when your drawing is printed.

?n the La1out section' select how many pages per sheet of paper are printed' the order in
which the pages are printed on a sheet' whether a border is drawn around each page' or the drawing is printed as a brochure.

?n the #age sides section' select whether to print all the pages' the bac* sides/left pages
only' or the front sides/right pages only. This option is useful when you want to print doubleD sided when your printer does not support duple. printing.

4hapter !8 #rinting? &'porting C &-mailing

!*"

$igure 99 . #rint dialog A #age La1out page

Options pa!e
9n the &ptions page $-igure 22C& you can select whether to print to file' create single print Aobs when you want to use collated output' use only the printer tray specified in the printer preferences' or use the paper si4e specified in the printer preferences.

$igure 99". #rint dialog A Options page

!*<

LibreOffice .! Draw Guide

Printing multiple pages on a single sheet


To print multiple pages of a document on one sheet of paper% 1& Go to File 9 Print on the menu bar or use the *eyboard shortcut 4trl5# to open the "rint dialog and then select the Page :ayout page $-igure 22:&. 2& ?n the La1out section' select from the #ages per sheet dropDdown list the number of pages to print per sheet. The pre(iew panel on the right shows how the pages will loo* in the printed document. 3& 1hen printing more than two pages per sheet' select the order in which the pages are printed on a sheet from the Order drop down list. :& To distinguish each page on a sheet' select the Draw a border around each page option. C& Clic* Print.

$electing pages to print


?n addition to printing a full document' you can choose whether to print indi(idual pages' a range of pages' or a highlighted selection within a document.

0ndividual pa!e
1& Go to File 9 Print on the menu bar or use the *eyboard shortcut 4trl5# to open the "rint dialog and then select the ;eneral page $-igure 222&. 2& ?n the 2anges and copies section' select the #ages option. 3& 3nter the number of the page to print. :& Clic* the Print button.

-an!e of pa!es
1& Go to File 9 Print on the menu bar or use the *eyboard shortcut 4trl5# to open the "rint dialog and then select the ;eneral page $-igure 222&. 2& ?n the 2anges and copies section' select the #ages option. 3& 3nter the number of the pages to print $for e.ample 1D: or 1'3'B'11&' or any combination of the two $for e.ample% 1D:'CD='10&. :& Clic* Print.

election printin!
To print a selection from a page or multiple pages% 1& ?n the document' highlight the section of the page or pages to print. 2& Go to File 9 Print on the menu bar or use the *eyboard shortcut 4trl5# to open the "rint dialog and then select the ;eneral page $-igure 222&. 3& ?n the 2anges and copies section' select the ,election option. :& Clic* Print.

#rochure or booklet printing


?n 1riter' ?mpress' and @raw' you can print a document with two pages on each side of a sheet of paper' arranged so that when the printed pages are folded in half' the pages are in the correct order to form a boo*let or brochure.

4hapter !8 #rinting? &'porting C &-mailing

!*>

2ip

"lan your document so it will loo* good when printed half si4eJ choose appropriate margins' font si4es' and so on. You may need to e.periment.

in!le sided printer


To print a brochure or boo*let on a printer only capable of single sided printing% 1& Go to File 9 Print on the menu bar or use the *eyboard shortcut 4trl5# to open the "rint dialog and then select the ;eneral page $-igure 222&. 2& +elect the printer you want to use if more than one printer is connected to your computer. 3& Clic* Properties to open the properties dialog for the selected printer $-igure 227&. :& Chec* the printer is set to the same orientation $portrait or landscape& as specified in the page setup for your document. !sually the orientation does not matter' but it does for brochures and boo*lets. C& Clic* &= to return to the "rint dialog. 7& +elect the Page layout tab in the "rint dialog $-igure 22:&. B& +elect the @rochure option $-igure 22B&.

$igure 99<: #rinter #roperties dialog

$igure 99>: @rochure or boo3let printing <& ?n the #age sides section' select @ac3 sides/left pages option from the dropDdown list. =& Clic* Print. 10& Ta*e the printed pages out of the printer' turn the pages o(er' and put them bac* into the printer in the correct orientation to print on the blan* side. You may need to e.periment a bit to find out what the correct arrangement is for your printer. 11& ?n the #age sides section' select $ront sides/right pages option from the drop down list. 12& Clic* Print.

Double sided or duplex printer


To print a brochure or boo*let on a printer that is capable of doubleDsided or duple. printing% 1& Go to File 9 Print on the menu bar or use the *eyboard shortcut 4trl5# to open the "rint dialog and then select the ;eneral page $-igure 222&.

!**

LibreOffice .! Draw Guide

2& +elect the printer you want to use if more than one printer is connected to your computer. 3& Clic* Properties to open the properties dialog for the selected printer $-igure 227&. :& Chec* the printer is set to the same orientation $portrait or landscape& as specified in the page setup for your document. !sually the orientation does not matter' but it does for brochures and boo*lets. C& -rom the Duple' drop down list' select Long &dge or Long ,ide printing. )ctual options a(ailable for duple. printing do depend on printer model and the computer system being used. 7& Clic* &= to return to the "rint dialog. B& +elect the Page layout tab in the "rint dialog $-igure 22:&. <& +elect the @rochure option $-igure 22B&. =& ?n the #age sides section' select )ll pages option from the dropDdown list. 10& Clic* Print.

Printing in black and white or grayscale


You may wish to print documents in blac* and white or grayscale on a color printer. 0owe(er' some color printers may only allow you to print in color regardless of the settings you choose. ,ore details can be found in the information that came with your printer.

'rinter settin!s
To change the printer settings to print in blac* and white or grayscale% 1& Go to File 9 Print on the menu bar or use the *eyboard shortcut 4trl5# to open the "rint dialog and then select the ;eneral page $-igure 222&. 2& Clic* Properties to open the properties dialog for the printer' then clic* the evice tab. The a(ailable choices a(ailable depend on printer model and computer operating system' but you should easily find options for the 4olor settings. )n e.ample of what you may see is shown in -igure 22<.

$igure 99*: #rinter #roperties dialog A Device page

4hapter !8 #rinting? &'porting C &-mailing

!*-

3& ?n 4olor and select either blac* and white or grayscale from the dropDdown list. :& Clic* &= and return to the "rint dialog' then clic* Print to print the document.
Grayscale is the best option if you ha(e any colored te.t or graphics in the document. Colors will print in shades of gray gi(ing more detail. 1hen printing color in blac* and white some of this detail maybe lost.

2ip

LibreOffice settin!s
To change the #ibre9ffice settings to print all color te.t and graphics as grayscale% 1& Go to 2ools 9 &ptions 9 :ibre&ffice 9 Print on the main menu bar. 2& +elect 4onvert colors to gra1scale option then clic* &= to sa(e the change. 3& Go to File 9 Print on the menu bar or use the *eyboard shortcut 4trl5# to open the "rint dialog and then select the ;eneral page $-igure 222&. :& Clic* Print to print the document.

Draw settin!s
To change the @raw settings to print all color te.t and graphics as either blac* and white or grayscale% 1& Go to 2ools 9 &ptions 9 :ibre&ffice raw 9 Print on the main menu bar. 2& ?n the Jualit1 section' select either Gra1scale or @lac3 C white option' then clic* &= to sa(e the change. 3& Go to File 9 Print on the menu bar or use the *eyboard shortcut 4trl5# to open the "rint dialog and then select the ;eneral page $-igure 222&. :& Clic* Print to print the document.

-3porting
#ibre9ffice can e.port documents to "@- $"ortable @ocument -ormat&. This industryDstandard file format is ideal for sending a file for someone else to (iew using )dobe 5eader or other "@(iewers. The process and dialogs are the same for 1riter' Calc' ?mpress' and @raw' with a few minor differences mentioned in this section.

irectly as P F
Clic* on the -3port irectly as P F icon on the +tandard toolbar to e.port the entire document using your default "@- settings. You are as*ed to enter the file name and location for the "@- file' but you cannot choose page range' image compression' or other options.

Controlling P F content and 6uality


-or more control o(er the content and >uality of the resulting "@-% 1& Go to File 9 -3port as P F on the main menu bar to open the "@- 9ptions dialog $-igure 22=&. !se this dialog to select the different options in the General' /nitial View' +ser /nterface' Lin3s' and ,ecurit1 pages. 2& 1hen you ha(e selected the appropriate settings' clic* -3port. 3& ?n the dialog that opens' enter the location and file name of the "@- to be created. :& Clic* $ave to e.port the file.

!-8

LibreOffice .! Draw Guide

+ee the Getting ,tarted guide for more information.

$igure 99-: #D$ Options dialog

&ther formats
#ibre9ffice uses the term Oe.portP for some file operations in(ol(ing a change of file type. ?f you cannot find what you want in File 9 $ave As' loo* in File 9 -3port. #ibre9ffice can e.port files in (arious formats and these are listed in the drop down list for $ile format. To e.port a file in another format% 1& +pecify a file name for the e.ported document in the $ile name te.t bo.. 2& +elect the re>uired format from the $ile format drop down list. 3& Clic* -3port. +ee 4hapter < &diting #ictures in this guide for more information on e.porting graphics.

?ote

The content of the e.ported file will depend on the element$s& selected on the page. o selection results in the entire image being e.ported. -or most e.port formats' only the image on the current page will be e.ported.

%eb pages
To e.port a multiDpage @raw document to a series of web pages' go to File 9 -3port on the main menu bar and select 82+: ocument as the file type to open the 0T,# 3.port wi4ard. -ollow the prompts to create the web pages. ?f re>uired' the wi4ard can generate a na(igation aid to help in mo(ing from page to page.

4hapter !8 #rinting? &'porting C &-mailing

!-!

-5mailing documents
#ibre9ffice pro(ides se(eral ways to send documents >uic*ly and easily as an eDmail attachment in 9pen@ocument format $#ibre9ffice default format&' or as a "@-. You can email a document to se(eral recipients' for more information' see the Getting ,tarted guide.

?ote

@ocuments can only be sent from the #ibre9ffice menu if a mail profile has been set up.

&pen ocument format


To email the current document in 9pen@ocument format% 1& Go to File 9 $end 9 ocument as -5mail on the main menu bar. #ibre9ffice opens your default eDmail program with the document attached. 2& ?n your eDmail program' enter the recipient' subAect' and any te.t you want to add' then send the eDmail.

P F format
To email the current document as a "@- file% 1& Go to File 9 $end 95-5mail as P F on the main menu bar. #ibre9ffice creates a "@using the default "@- settings and then opens your email program with the "@- file attached. 2& ?n your eDmail program' enter the recipient' subAect' and any te.t you want to add' then send the eDmail.

!-9

LibreOffice .! Draw Guide

4hapter !! )dvanced Draw %echniBues

+ulti5page documents
@raw documents' li*e ?mpress presentation documents' can consist of multiple pages. This allows you to create a drawing that has se(eral sections' but are stored as one file on a computer. 1hen pages are inserted into a drawing' they are automatically named as ,lide !' ,lide 9' and so on. )s you change page order' the pages are automatically renumbered. 0owe(er' if you want to easily identify each page' then it is recommended to gi(e each page a memorable name.

@sing the page pane


8y default the Page Pane $-igure 230& appears doc*ed on the left of the wor*space when you open @raw and shows e(ery page in the drawing as a thumbnail. ?f the "age "ane is not displayed' go to >iew 9 Page Pane on the main menu bar.

?ote

The Page Pane is called Pages when it is in its doc*ed position on the left of the wor*space.

+elect a thumbnail in the "age "ane and the corresponding page is loaded in the
wor*space. Clic* on the page in the wor*space to acti(ate it for editing. )lternati(ely' clic* on the ?avigator icon or press the $" *ey or go to >iew 9 ?avigator on the main menu bar to open the ?avigator dialog $-igure 231& and select pages using this dialog.

$igure 938: #ages #ane and ;or3space area

$igure 93!: Iavigator dialog

!-

LibreOffice .! Draw Guide

+elect a thumbnail in the "age pane' then drag and drop a thumbnail to change the order
of pages in the document.

Clic* and drag on the separator line between the "age pane and wor*space to change the
width of the "age pane.

Clic* on the middle of this line to show or hide the "age pane $highlighted in -igure 230&. "ress and hold the 4trl *ey' then doubleDclic* in the title bar of the "age pane to undoc* it
and turn it into a floating window.

"ress and hold the 4trl *ey' then doubleDclic* in the title bar of the undoc*ed "age pane to
doc* it bac* into its default position on the left of the wor*space.

5ightDclic* in the page pane and' using options in the conte.t menu' you can insert' delete
or rename pages and cut' copy and paste pages.

Go to Insert 9 $lide on the main menu bar to insert a new page or Insert 9 uplicate
$lide to insert a duplicate page.

+aster pages
) master page is a page that is used as the starting point for other pages in your drawing. ?t is similar to a page style in 1riter and controls the basic formatting of all pages based upon it. ) drawing can ha(e more than one master page so that you can assign a different to loo* to pages in your drawing' for e.ample title page' contents page and drawing pages. ) master page has a defined set of characteristics' including the bac*ground color' graphic' or gradientJ obAects $such as logos' decorati(e lines' and other graphics& in the bac*ground' the formatting of te.t' bloc*s of standard te.t' and insert fields such as page numbering' date and filename.
#ibre9ffice uses interchangeable terms for one concept% slide master' master slide' and master page. )ll refer to a page which is used to create other pages. 1hen searching for information in @raw 0elp' it may be necessary to use alternati(e search terms.

?ote

Master pa!e view


To add obAects and fields to a master page' go to >iew 9 +aster on the main menu bar to open the master page (iew. The +aster >iew toolbar $-igure 232& also opens when you switch to master (iew. ?f this toolbar does not appear' go to >iew 9 2oolbars 9 +aster >iew on the main menu bar. To return to normal page mode' clic* on Close +aster >iew in the ,aster Miew toolbar or go to >iew 9 ?ormal on the main menu bar.

$igure 939: Easter View toolbar

%reatin! #aster pa!es


3ach drawing you create already has a default master page' but you can create e.tra master pages to change the loo* of some of the pages in your multiDpage drawing. 1& Go to >iew 9 +aster on the main menu bar to open the master page (iew.

4hapter !! )dvanced Draw %echniBues

!-"

2& Clic* on the ?ew +aster icon in the ,aster Miew toolbar to create a new master page. The new master page is automatically selected allowing you to add a new set of items to create a new loo* for your pages.

-ena#in! #aster pa!es


3ach new master page created has the default name of @efault 1' @efault 2' and so on. ?t is recommended to rename your new master page with a more meaningful name. The default master page that was created when you first created your drawing can also be renamed. 1& Go to >iew 9 +aster on the main menu bar to open the master page (iew. 2& 5ightDclic* on a master page in the "age pane and select Aename Page from the conte.t menu or clic* on the Aename +aster icon on the ,aster Miew toolbar. This opens a dialog where you can type a new name. 3& Clic* &= to sa(e the master page with its new name.

Deletin! #aster pa!es


1& Go to >iew 9 +aster on the main menu bar to open the master page (iew. 2& +elect the master page you want to delete. 3& 5ightDclic* on a master page that you created in the "age pane and select elete Page from the conte.t menu or clic* on the elete +aster icon on the ,aster Miew toolbar.

?ote

The delete option and delete icon are only a(ailable when there is more than master page in your drawing. You cannot delete the default master page that was created when you first created your drawing.

0nsertin! fields
You can insert fields on each master page by going to Insert 9 Fields on the main menu bar and selecting a field from the conte.t menu. The following fields can be inserted into a master page.

ate Hfi3edI Q inserts the current date into your master page as a fi.ed field. The date is not automatically updated. ate HvariableI Q inserts the current date into your master page as a (ariable field. The date is automatically updated when you reload the file. not automatically updated.

2ime Hfi3edI Q inserts the current time into your master page as a fi.ed field. The time is 2ime HvariableI Q inserts the current time into your master page as a (ariable field. The
time is automatically updated when you reload the file.

Author Q inserts the first and last names listed in the #ibre9ffice user data into the acti(e
page.

Page ?umber Q inserts the page number into e(ery page of your drawing. To change the
number format' go to Format 9 Page on the main menu bar and select a format from the drop down list in La1out ,ettings.

File name Q inserts the name of the acti(e file. The name only appears after you sa(e the
file.

$ssi!nin! #aster pa!es


1hen your drawing has more than one master page' you can assign different master pages to different pages.
!-< LibreOffice .! Draw Guide

$igure 933: ,lide Design dialog

$igure 93 : Load ,lide Design dialog 1& ,a*e sure you are in normal page (iew by going to >iew 9 ?ormal on the main menu bar and select the page you want to assign a new master page to it. 2& 5ightDclic* on the page in the wor*space area and select Page 9 $lide esign from the conte.t menu to open the $lide esign dialog $-igure 233&. 3& ?f necessary' clic* :oad to open the :oad $lide esign dialog and use any predefined @raw or ?mpress master pages or templates $-igure 23:&. :& ?f necessary' select the -3change background page option to use the selected master page for all pages in the drawing. C& ?f necessary' select the elete unused backgrounds option to delete any master pages shown in the +lide @esign dialog that ha(e not been assigned to a page. 7& Clic* &= to assign the selected master page to your page.

+ultiple layers
#ayers in #ibre9ffice @raw allow you to assemble elements on a drawing page that are related. Thin* of layers as indi(idual wor*spaces that you can hide from (iew' hide from printing' or loc*. )ny layers that do not contain any obAects are transparent. #ayers do not determine the stac*ing order of obAects on your drawing page' e.cept for the Controls layer which is always in front of all other layers. The stac*ing order of obAects on your drawing page is determined by the se>uence in which you add the obAects. You can rearrange the stac*ing order by going to +odify 9 Arrange on the main menu bar.

4hapter !! )dvanced Draw %echniBues

!->

?ote

You can loc* a layer to protect its contents' or hide a layer and its contents from (iew or from printing. 1hen you add a new layer' the layer is added to all of the pages in your drawing. 0owe(er' when you add an obAect to a layer' it is only added to the current drawing page. ?f you want the obAect to appear on all of the pages $for e.ample' a company logo&' add the obAect to the master page by going to >iew 9 +aster. To return to your drawing' go to >iew 9 ?ormal.

efault layers
#ibre9ffice @raw pro(ides three default layers and these default layers cannot be deleted or renamed.

:ayout Q is the default wor*space and determines the location of title' te.t and obAect
placeholders on your drawing page.

Controls Q used for buttons that ha(e been assigned an action' but should not be printed
and the layer properties are set to not printable. 9bAects on this layer are always in front of obAects on other layers.

imension :ines Q is where the dimension lines are drawn. 8y switching the layer to show or hide' you can easily switch dimension lines on and off.

Inserting layers
1& 5ightDclic* the layer tab area at the bottom left of the 1or*space area and select Insert :ayer from the conte.t menu' or go to Insert 9 :ayer on the main menu bar to open the Insert :ayer dialog $-igure 23C&.

$igure 93": /nsert La1er dialog 2& Type meaningful names for the layer in the Iame and %itle te.t bo.es. 3& ?f necessary' type a description for the layer in the Description te.t bo.. :& +elect Visible if you want the layer to be (isible in your drawing. 1hen Visible is not selected' a layer is hidden and the title in the layer tab changes color to blue. C& +elect #rintable if you want the layer to print when you print your drawing. ot printing is useful if you want use a draft layer for guides or annotations that you use in ma*ing the drawing' but do not want to appear in the final output.

!-*

LibreOffice .! Draw Guide

7& +elect Loc3ed to pre(ent any obAects on this layer from deletion' editing' or mo(ing. o additional obAects can be added to a loc*ed layer. #oc*ing a layer is useful' for e.ample' when a base plan is to be protected while adding a new layer with other details. B& Clic* &= and the new layer automatically becomes acti(e.

+odifying layers
1& 5ightDclic* on the name tab of the layer and select +odify :ayer from the conte.t menu or doubleDclic* on the name tab to open the +odify :ayer dialog. This dialog is similar to the ?nsert #ayer dialog in -igure 23C. 2& ,a*e your changes to the layer' then clic* &= to sa(e the changes and close the dialog.

%orking with layers


electin! a la(er
To select a layer' clic* on the name tab of the layer at the bottom of the drawing wor*space.

:idin! la(ers
1& +elect a layer' and rightDclic* on the name tab of the layer and select +odify :ayer from the conte.t menu or doubleDclic* on the name tab to open the +odify :ayer dialog. 2& Clear the Visible chec* bo. and clic* on the 9L button. The te.t on the name tab changes color to blue. )ny obAects placed on a hidden layer will no longer be (isible on the other layers in your drawing. 3& )lternati(ely' hold down the ,hift *ey and clic* on the name tab to hide the layer.

/owin! /idden la(ers


1& +elect a hidden layer' and rightDclic* on the name tab of the layer and select +odify :ayer from the conte.t menu or doubleDclic* on the name tab to open the +odify :ayer dialog. 2& Chec* the Visible chec* bo. and clic* &=. The te.t for the name tab changes to the default color for te.t for your computer setup. )ny obAects placed on a hidden layer will now become (isible on the other layers in your drawing. 3& )lternati(ely' hold down the ,hift *ey and clic* on the name tab to ma*e the layer (isible.

Loc2in! la(ers
1& +elect a layer' and rightDclic* on the name tab of the layer and select +odify :ayer from the conte.t menu or doubleDclic* on the name tab to open the +odify :ayer dialog. 2& Chec* the Loc3ed chec* bo. and clic* &= to pre(ent any modification of the layer.

.nloc2in! la(ers
1& +elect a layer' and rightDclic* on the name tab of the layer and select +odify :ayer from the conte.t menu or doubleDclic* on the name tab to open the +odify :ayer dialog. 2& !nchec* the Loc3ed chec* bo. and clic* &= to allow modification of the layer.

-ena#in! la(ers
1& 5ightDclic* on the name tab of the layer and select Aename :ayer from the conte.t menu. 2& Type a new name for your layer and clic* outside the tab area to sa(e the change. 3& )lternati(ely' follow the procedure in O,odifying layersP abo(e to rename the layer.

4hapter !! )dvanced Draw %echniBues

!--

Deletin! la(ers
1& 5ightDclic* on the name tab of the layer and select elete :ayer from the conte.t menu. 2& Confirm the deletion and the layer and all its obAects are deleted.

?ote

You can only delete layers that you ha(e added to your drawing. The default layers' #ayout' Controls and @imensioning' cannot be deleted.

imensioning
@raw allows you to dimension obAects and display these dimensions to ma*e your drawing loo* more li*e an engineering drawing. 1hen you create dimensions' they are automatically placed on the imension :ines layer $see O@efault layersP on page 1=< for more information&.

Configuring dimensioning
Two ways are a(ailable to access the options to configure dimensioning. 8oth methods use a similar dialog to set the dimensioning options where you can change length' measurement and guide properties of a dimension line.

Grap/ic st(les
1& Go to Format 9$tyles and Formatting on the main menu bar or press the $!! *ey on your *eyboard to open the $tyles and Formatting dialog. 2& +elect Dimension Line in the +tyles and -ormatting dialog. 3& 5ightDclic* on Dimension Line and select Eodif1 from the conte.t menu to open the ;raphics $tyles dialog $-igure 237&. +ee the /mpress Guide for more information about graphic styles.

$igure 93<: Graphic ,t1les Dimensioning dialog

988

LibreOffice .! Draw Guide

:& C& 7& B&

Clic* on the imensioning tab to open the imensioning options page. ,a*e the changes you want to use for dimensioning using the (arious options on this page. Clic* &= to sa(e your changes and close the dialog. To reset the dimensioning options to the default properties of the template' clic* $tandard.

%ontext #enu
1& @raw a dimension line. +ee O@imensioning obAectsP on page 202 for more information. 2& 5ightDclic* on the dimension line and select imensions from the conte.t menu to open the imensioning dialog $-igure 23B&. 3& ,a*e the changes you want to use for dimensioning using the (arious options on this dialog. :& Clic* &= to sa(e your changes and close the dialog.

$igure 93>: 4onte't menu Dimensioning dialog

Di#ensionin! dialo!
1ith reference to -igure 237 and -igure 23B' the dimensioning options are as follows.

:ine Q sets the distance properties of the dimension line and the guides with respect to
each other and to the baseline.

Line distance Q specifies the distance between the dimension line and the baseline $line distance V 0&. Guide overhang Q specifies the length of the left and right guides starting at the baseline $line distance V 0&. "ositi(e (alues e.tend the guides abo(e the baseline and negati(e (alues e.tend the guides below the baseline. Guide distance Q specifies the length of the right and left guides starting at the dimension line. "ositi(e (alues e.tend the guides abo(e the dimension line and negati(e (alues e.tend the guides below the dimension line. Left guide Q specifies the length of the left guide starting at the dimension line. "ositi(e (alues e.tend the guide below the dimension line and negati(e (alues e.tend the guide abo(e the dimension line.

4hapter !! )dvanced Draw %echniBues

98!

2ight guide Q specifies the length of the right guide starting at the dimension line. "ositi(e (alues e.tend the guide below the dimension line and negati(e (alues e.tend the guide abo(e the dimension line. Eeasure below ob:ect Q re(erses the properties set in the #ine options. Decimal places Q specifies the number of decimal places used for the display of line properties.

:egend Q sets the properties of the dimension te.t. %e't position Q determines the position of the dimension te.t with respect to the
dimension line and the guides. The )utoVertical and )uto(ori0ontal chec*bo.es must be cleared before you can assign a te.t position.

)utoVertical Q determines the optimal (ertical position for the dimension te.t. )uto(ori0ontal Q determines the optimal hori4ontal position for the dimension te.t. #arallel to line Q displays the te.t parallel to or at =0 degrees to the dimension line. ,how meas. units Q shows or hides the dimension measurement units. You can also select a measurement unit you want to display from the list.
The dimensioning style @imension #ine is always lin*ed and stored with the current wor* page. )ll the changes that you ma*e apply only to this page. ew drawings are started with the standard properties of @raw. ?f you want to use the amended style for future drawings' sa(e your drawing as a template. 1hen dimensioning obAects' it is recommended to use the 4oom function' guide lines and snap functions so that you can accurately place dimension lines on an obAect. +ee 4hapter 3 ;or3ing with Ob:ects and Ob:ect #oints for more information.

?ote

2ip

imensioning ob'ects

$igure 93*: Dimensioning ob:ects 1& Clic* on the small triangle ne.t to the :ines and Arrows icon on the @rawing toolbar to open the Arrows popDup toolbar. ote that this icon changes depending on the last :ines and Arrows tool used. )lso' this toolbar can become a floating toolbar by clic*ing on the bottom of the popDup toolbar and dragging it into your wor*space. 2& Clic* on the imension :ine icon on the Arrows toolbar and the cursor normally changes to a cross. This depends on your computer setup. 3& "osition the cursor at one corner of your obAect' then clic* and drag the cursor to the other corner of your obAect to draw the dimension line. To restrict drawing your dimension line in the hori4ontal or (ertical direction' press and hold the ,hift *ey while dragging the cursor.

989

LibreOffice .! Draw Guide

:& 5elease the mouse button when you reached the other corner of your obAect and the dimension line is drawn with the dimension automatically added. The dimension line is also placed automatically on the imension :ines layerJ see O@efault layersP on page 1=< for more information. C& ?f you want to edit the te.t of the dimension' doubleDclic* on an unselected dimension line to enter te.t edit mode and ma*e your changes. Clic* outside the dimension line to sa(e the changes. 7& ?f you want to configure your dimension line' see OConfiguring dimensioningP on page 200.

rawing to scale
?n @raw a drawing is made on a predefined drawing area. This is normally #etter or ): page si4e depending on your locale' computer setup and the default printer connected to your computer. 0owe(er' depending on the actual si4e of the drawn obAects' it is often con(enient to reduce or enlarge the drawing by scaling $for e.ample 1%10 or 2%1&. You can specify a scale (alue by going to 2ools 9 &ptions 9 :ibre&ffice raw 9 ;eneral and selecting a (alue from the Drawing scale drop down list. The default setting for this option is 1%1. 1hen you ma*e a change to the drawing scale' it is reflected in the rulers at the top and left side of your drawing. )ny change in the drawing scale has no effect on the basic drawing operations. @raw automatically calculates the necessary (alues $for e.ample' dimension lines&. The spacing of the grid points is independent of drawing scale as the grid is an optical drawing aid and not a drawing element. )n increase in scale $for e.ample 1%:& allows you to draw obAects that would not fit into the paper si4e for your drawing. ) decrease in drawing scale $for e.ample :%1& allows you to draw small obAects accurately at an increased si4e to ma*e them easier to understand. )n e.ample of drawing to scale is shown in -igure 23=. )ll three rectangles are the same si4e.

The left rectangle was drawn at the default 1%1 scale and dimensioned. The drawing scale was then changed to 1%: and the dimensions were automatically
increased by @raw to reflect the decrease in scale for the center rectangle.

The drawing scale was then changed to :%1 and the dimensions were automatically
decreased by @raw to reflect the increase in scale for the right rectangle.

$igure 93-: &'amples of drawing to scale

;allery images
@raw includes se(eral images in a ;allery which are grouped in themes% @ulletsJ 2ulersJ (omepageJ 2ulersJ ,ounds. The left pane of the gallery window lists the a(ailable themes. Clic* on a theme to see its images displayed in the right pane of the ;allery dialog $-igure 2:0&.

4hapter !! )dvanced Draw %echniBues

983

$igure 9 8. Galler1 dialog The default themes are read onlyJ no images can be added to or deleted from these themes. The default themes are easily recogni4able by rightDclic*ing on each category and the only a(ailable option in the popDup menu is Properties. ?n a default installation of #ibre9ffice' the E1 themes is the only category that is customi4able and allows you add or delete your own graphics. You can also create new theme categories where you can add or delete your own images and this is e.plained in O)dding a new themeP on page 207.

@sing the ;allery


1& Clic* on the ;allery icon on the @rawing toolbar or go to 2ools 9 ;allery on the main menu bar to open the ;allery dialog. 2& Choose a theme in the left pane of the Gallery dialog. 3& Clic* on an image in the right pane of the Gallery dialog and drag the image into your drawing. :& )lternati(ely' rightDclic* on a gallery image and select Insert 9 Copy from the conte.t menu. C& ,o(e to your drawing and paste the gallery image into your drawing.

Adding images to +y themes


You can only add images to E1 themes or themes that you ha(e created. 1& 5ightDclic* on E1 themes or a theme name that you created in the list of theme categories and choose Properties from the popDup menu to open the Properties of +y 2heme dialog $-igure 2:1&. 2& Clic* on the Files tab. 3& Clic* on Find Files to open the $elect Path dialog $-igure 2:2&. :& 8rowse to the folder that contains the images you want to use. C& Clic* &= to select the files contained in the folder and the $elect Path dialog closes. The list of files contained in the folder now appear in the Theme "roperties dialog. 7& +elect the files you want to use in E1 themes and clic* on Add. The added files will disappear from the file list and the images will appear in the Gallery. B& ?f you want to add all the files in the list' clic* Add All. )ll the files will disappear from the list and the images will appear in the Gallery. <& Clic* &= when finished and the Properties of +y 2heme dialog will close.

98

LibreOffice .! Draw Guide

$igure 9 !. #roperties of E1 %heme dialog

$igure 9 9. ,electing path for new images in themes

eleting graphics
You can only delete images from E1 themes or themes that you ha(e created. 1& 5ightDclic* on the image in the Gallery window. 2& Choose elete from the popDup menu. 3& ) confirmation message appears' as*ing if you want to delete this obAect. Clic* Ces.

?ote

The image is a lin*ed file and is deleted from the Gallery only. The original image file is not deleted.

4hapter !! )dvanced Draw %echniBues

98"

@pdating the ;allery


)ll the images in a gallery are lin*ed files. -rom time to time it is beneficial to update ,y Theme or a theme you ha(e created to ma*e sure that all the files are still there. To do so' rightDclic* on the theme where you ha(e added at least one file and then select @pdate from the conte.t menu.

Adding a new theme


You can add a new theme to the list of theme categories in the gallery as follows% 1& Clic* the ?ew 2heme button abo(e the list of theme categories and the "roperties dialog opens. 2& Clic* the ;eneral tab and type a name for the new theme in the te.t bo. $-igure 2:3&. 3& Clic* the Files tab and follow +teps 3 through to < in O)dding images to ,y themesP on page 20:. :& The new theme will now be displayed in the list of theme categories in the Gallery.

$igure 9 3. )dding new theme to the Galler1

?ote

?f you wish' 1ou can rename this new theme by manually by rightDclic*ing the theme name and selecting Aename.

Color and color palettes


@raw $li*e all #ibre9ffice components& uses color palettes for the representation of colors. You can customi4e the color palette to suit your own needs by modifying colors in a palette' adding other colors' or creating new color palettes.
#ibre9ffice uses the 5G8 color model internally for printing in all of its software modules. The C,YL controls are pro(ided only to ease the input of color (alues using C,YL notation.

?ote

98<

LibreOffice .! Draw Guide

@sing colors
Two color dialogs are a(ailable where you can select' add' modify' edit or delete colors. Go to 2ools 9 &ptions 9 :ibre&ffice 9 Colors $-igure 2::& or Format 9 Area 9 Colors $-igure 2:C& on the main menu bar to open these color dialogs. )lso' if you rightDclic* on a selected obAect and go to Area in the conte.t menu' then clic* on the Colors tab you will open the Area dialog in -igure 2:C.

$igure 9

: Options A LibreOffice A 4olors dialog

$igure 9 ": $ormat )rea 4olors dialog 3ach color (alue has a numeric (alue and can be input directly as numbers. The color (alues for the 5G8 color model $5ed' Green and 8lue& can be any integer (alue between 0 and 2CC. The color (alues for the C,YL color model $Cyan' ,agenta' Yellow and 8lac* $L&& are percentages. 1hen selecting between the 5G8 and C,YL color models in both dialogs' the (alue bo.es automatically change to show 5G8 or C,YL.
4hapter !! )dvanced Draw %echniBues 98>

1hen using C,YL (alues' the con(ersion to 5G8 (alues used in #ibre9ffice is made automatically. )ny modifications made to colors apply only to the acti(e palette in your drawing unless you sa(e the modified color palette for future use.

2ip

,ore information about color models go to http%//en.wi*ipedia.org/wi*i/ColorGmodel

$electing colors
1& Go to 2ools 9 &ptions 9 :ibre&ffice 9 Colors $-igure 2::& or Format 9 Area 9 Colors $-igure 2:C& on the main menu bar to open a color dialog. 2& )lternati(ely' rightDclic* on a selected obAect and select Area from the conte.t menu' then clic* on the Colors tab to open the color dialog $-igure 2:C&. 3& +elect a color from the 4olor drop down list' or select a color from the color table' or enter the 5G8 or C,YL (alues if you *now these (alues for the color you want to use. :& Clic* &= to use the selected color and close the dialog.

Color palettes
!sing the Format 9 Area Colors dialog $-igure 2:C& allows you to load color palettes and create then sa(e color palettes for future use.

Clic* on the :oad Color :ist icon


palette to use in @raw.

to open a dialog where you can select a color

?f you ha(e made any changes to the color palette' clic* on the $ave Color :ist icon

to open a dialog where you can sa(e your color palette for future use in @raw. The file format used in #ibre9ffice for color palettes is .soc.
The :oad Color :ist and $ave Color :ist icons are only a(ailable if you select the color dialog using the Format 9 Area 9 Colors command or rightDclic*ing on a selected obAect and selecting Area from the conte.t menu.

?ote

Creating colors
.sin! color values
1& +elect either 5G8 or C,YL from the dropDdown options on the color dialog. 2& 3nter integer (alues or percentage (alues in each of the 5G8 or C,YL bo.es or use the spinners at the right of each bo.. 3& The original color is shown the top color sample and the new color is shown in the lower color sample. :& 3ither' clic* +odify to apply and store the new setting in the color palette without changing the color name. C& 9r' clic* Add and you will be prompted to gi(e the color a new name. 3ntering a new name and clic*ing &= will add the new color to the end of the color list and store it in the currently acti(e palette. 7& Clic* &= to use the modified or new color and close the dialog.

?ote

To store your new color in a color palette for future use in @raw' see OColor palettesP on page 20<.

98*

LibreOffice .! Draw Guide

$igure 9 <: 4olor #ic3er dialog

.sin! t/e color pic2er


You can define colors using the Color Picker dialog $-igure 2:7&. 1& Go to Format 9 Area 9 Colors on the main menu bar or rightDclic* on a selected obAect and go to Area in the conte.t menu to open the Area dialog and then clic* on the Colors tab to open the colors dialog $-igure 2:C&. 2& Clic* -dit to open the Color Picker dialog where you will ha(e three ways of selecting a color to create and use. 3& Clic* on the colored bar to the right of the color sample area to select a color. The (alues in the 5G8' 0+8 $0ue' +aturation and 8rightness& and C,YL bo.es will change. :& 9r' enter (alues in either the 5G8' 0+8 or C,YL bo.es to create the color. 3ntering (alues in one set of (alue bo.es will change the (alues in the other two sets of bo.es. C& 9r' clic* on the small circle in the color sample area and drag it to a new position to create a new color. 7& The color bar below the sample color area will show the new color on the left half of this bar so that you can compare it with the original color on the right half of this bar. B& ?f you are satisfied with the color created' clic* &= to use the color. <& +ee O!sing color (aluesP on page 20< to sa(e the color.

eleting colors
1& 2& 3& :& To delete a color from a color palette' open the color dialog $-igure 2:: or -igure 2:C&. +elect the color from the Color drop down list or the color table and clic* elete. Clic* Ces to confirm the deletion of the color. Clic* &= to close the color dialog.

#F1ier curves
?n #ibre9ffice you can use 8E4ier cur(es in your drawing. ) cur(e is defined by means of a start point "0' an end point "3' and two control points "1 and "2 $-igure 2:B&. -or points on the cur(e the
4hapter !! )dvanced Draw %echniBues 98-

terms nodes or anchors are often used. -or the mathematical bac*ground of 8E4ier cur(es' see http%//en.wi*ipedia.org/wi*i/8e4ierGcur(e.

$igure 9 >: #oints in @L0ier curves 8E4ier cur(es are (ery useful for e.perimenting with the shape and form of cur(es. ?n point mode you can change the cur(e alignment by dragging the points with the mouse. The cur(e lea(es the start point "0 in the direction of the control point "1 and arri(es at the end point "3 from the direction of the control point "2. The more distant a control is from its start or end point the smaller the cur(ature at that point. ?f a control point lies directly on one of these points' it has no influence on the cur(e.

rawing a #F1ier curve


1& Clic* on the small triangle to the right of the Curve icon on the rawing toolbar to open the :ines toolbar $-igure 2:<&. The Curve icon will show the last tool selected from the :ines toolbar. To ma*e this toolbar a floating toolbar' clic* at the bottom of the popDup toolbar and drag it onto your wor*space.

$igure 9 *: Lines toolbar 2& Clic* on the Curve icon on the :ines toolbar. ote that this maybe a different icon to the Curve icon on the rawing toolbar. 3& Clic* at the start point where you want to draw the cur(e and' *eeping the mouse button pressed' drag the cursor to the appro.imate the position of the end point for the cur(e. :& @oubleDclic* when you ha(e reached the end position of your cur(e and a cur(e is drawn. The arc of the cur(e is determined by the distance you ha(e dragged to create the end point.

?ote

?f you single clic* when you ha(e reached the end point of your cur(e' you will continue drawing straight lines until you doubleDclic* to end the drawing of a cur(e.

C& Clic* on the Points icon on the @rawing toolbar or press the $* *ey to open the -dit Points toolbar $-igure 2:=&. 7& Clic* once on your cur(e to display the start and end points. The start point of the cur(e is larger than the end point. B& ,o(e cursor o(er the start or end point and drag the control point to its correct position' if necessary. )s you drag a start or end point' a control point appears at the end of a dashed line connected to the point you ha(e selected $-igure 2C0&.
9!8 LibreOffice .! Draw Guide

$igure 9 -: &dit #oints toolbar and tools

$igure 9"8: 4ontrol points on a curve <& 1hen you ha(e the position for your start or end point' release the cursor and the control point remains acti(e. =& Clic* on the control point and drag it to change the shape of the cur(e. 10& 1hen you ha(e finished editing your cur(e' clic* anywhere on your wor*space to deselect the cur(e and stop editing points.

-dit Points tools


1ith reference to -igure 2:=' the tools a(ailable on the -dit Points toolbar allow you to edit and change the shape of a 8E4ier cur(e and are e.plained as follows%

Points Q allows you to acti(ate or deacti(ate the edit mode for 8E4ier obAects. ?n the edit
mode' indi(idual points of the drawing obAect can be selected.

+ove Points Q acti(ates a mode in which you can mo(e points. The mouse pointer
displays a small empty s>uare when resting on a point. @rag that point to another location. The cur(e on both sides of the point follows the mo(ementJ the section of the cur(e between points changes shape. "oint at the cur(e between two points or within a closed cur(e and drag the mouse to shift the entire cur(e without distorting the form.

Insert Points Q acti(ates the insert mode and allows you to insert points. You can also
mo(e points' Aust as in the mo(e mode. ?f' howe(er' you clic* at the cur(e between two points and mo(e the mouse a little while holding down the mouse button you insert a new point. The point is a smooth point' and the lines to the control points are parallel and remain

4hapter !! )dvanced Draw %echniBues

9!!

so when mo(ed. ?f you wish to create a corner point you must first insert either a smooth or a symmetrical point which is then con(erted to a corner point by using Corner Point.

elete Points Q used to delete one or se(eral selected points. ?f you wish to select se(eral points clic* the appropriate points while holding down the ,hift *ey. -irst select the points to be deleted' and then clic* this icon or press Delete *ey. cur(e' then clic*.

$plit Curve Q this tool splits a cur(e. +elect the point or points where you want to split the Convert 2o Curve Q con(erts a cur(e into a straight line or con(erts a straight line into a
cur(e. ?f you select a single point' the cur(e before the point will be con(erted. ?f two points are selected' the cur(e between both points will be con(erted. ?f you select more than two points' each time you clic* this icon' a different portion of the cur(e will be con(erted. ?f necessary' round points are con(erted into corner points and corner points are con(erted into round points. ?f a section of the cur(e is straight' the end points of the line ha(e a ma.imum of one control point each. They cannot be modified to control points unless the straight line is con(erted bac* to a cur(e.

Corner Point Q con(erts the selected point or points into corner points $-igure 2C1&.
Corner points ha(e two mo(able control points' which are independent from each other. ) cur(ed line' therefore' does not go straight through a corner point' but forms a corner.

$igure 9"!: 4orner point

$mooth 2ransition Q con(erts a corner point or symmetrical point into a smooth point
$-igure 2C2&. 8oth control points of the corner point are aligned in parallel and can only be mo(ed simultaneously. The control points may differentiate in length' allowing you to (ary the degree of cur(ature.

$igure 9"9: ,mooth transition point

$ymmetric 2ransition Q con(erts a corner point or a smooth point into a symmetrical point
$-igure 2C3&. 8oth control points of the corner point are aligned in parallel and ha(e the same length. They can only be mo(ed simultaneously and the degree of cur(ature is the same in both directions.

$igure 9"3: ,1mmetric transition point

Close #F1ier Q closes a line or a cur(e. ) line is closed by connecting the last point with
the first point' indicated by an enlarged s>uare.

9!9

LibreOffice .! Draw Guide

-liminate Points Q mar*s the current point or the selected points for deletion. This
happens when the point is located on a straight line. ?f you con(ert a cur(e or a polygon with the Convert to Curve tool into a straight line or you change a cur(e with the mouse so that a point lies on the straight line' it is remo(ed. The angle from which the point reduction is to ta*e place can be set by going to 2ools 9 &ptions 9 :ibre&ffice raw 9 ;rid.

Adding comments to a drawing


@raw supports comments similar to those in 1riter and Calc. 1& Go to Insert 9 Comment the main menu bar. ) comment bo. appears with a small mar*er bo. containing your initials in the upper leftDhand corner of your drawing. @raw automatically adds your name and the date at the bottom of the comment $-igure 2C:&. 2& Type or paste your comment into the te.t bo.. 3& To apply basic formatting to the te.t' rightDclic* and select the formatting option from the conte.t menu. :& To delete a comment' rightDclic* on the comment or mar*er bo. and select an option from the conte.t menu or clic* on the small triangle in the bottom right of the comment and select an option from the conte.t menu. C& To mo(e a comment' clic* on the small mar*er bo. and drag it to a new position on your drawing. 7& To show or hide the comments' go to >iew 9 Comments.

$igure 9" : 4omment in a drawing


-or your initials and name to appear in a comment' you ha(e to enter your user data. Go to 2ools 9 &ptions 9 :ibre&ffice 9 @ser ata and enter all the necessary data. ?f more than one person edits the document' each author is automatically allocated a different bac*ground color.

?ote

Connecting and breaking lines


?t is possible in @raw to connect separate line elements together ma*ing one line' brea* a line that is composed of separate elements. +elect a number of lines and go to +odify 9 Connect on the main menu bar. The lines are con(erted to cur(es and adAacent end points are Aoined together. The resulting shape is a polyline' not a closed shape. +elect a line that is composed of separate elements and go to +odify 9 #reak. 3ach separate element is now indicated with start and end points. Clic* on an element and drag it to a new position.

4hapter !! )dvanced Draw %echniBues

9!3

Inde3
9ur apologies that this boo* has no inde.. ?t is produced by (olunteers from the #ibre9ffice community' and no one among the (olunteers has updated the inde.. 9ur choices were to ha(e no inde. or to delay publication for so long that it would be (ery out of date. 1e decided that Ono inde.P was the best choice.

9!

LibreOffice .! Draw Guide

/nde'

9!"

You might also like